# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package. # # Translators: msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 1.12.90\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-07-06 21:01+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 02:04-0400\n" "Last-Translator: jhrozek \n" "Language-Team: Tajik (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/" "tg/)\n" "Language: tg\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Zanata 3.6.2\n" #. type: Content of: #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5 sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:5 sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:5 sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 #: sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 msgid "SSSD Manual pages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_groupmod" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:14 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 #: sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:11 sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:11 sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 #: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11 sss_seed.8.xml:11 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16 msgid "modify a group" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:53 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21 sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "ШАРҲ" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes " "that are specified on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:60 sssd.8.xml:42 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39 sss_userdel.8.xml:39 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39 sss_usermod.8.xml:39 #: sss_cache.8.xml:38 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:38 sss_seed.8.xml:42 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:76 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62 msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "ИМКОНОТҲО" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77 msgid "" "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48 msgid "" "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable> parameter. The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is " "a comma separated list of group names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91 msgid "" "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62 msgid "" "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable> parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd.conf" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11 sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12 sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28 msgid "File Formats and Conventions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21 msgid "FILE FORMAT" msgstr "Формати файл" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n" "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n" "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24 msgid "" "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A " "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues " "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-" "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36 msgid "" "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with " "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41 msgid "" "A line comment starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon " "(<quote>;</quote>). Inline comments are not supported." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47 msgid "" "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> " "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53 msgid "" "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and " "only root may read from or write to the file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:61 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:65 msgid "Options usable in all sections" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69 msgid "debug_level (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:73 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:76 msgid "" "Add a timestamp to the debug messages. If journald is enabled for SSSD " "debug logging this option is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:81 sssd.conf.5.xml:605 sssd.conf.5.xml:1069 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1647 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1744 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1806 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2346 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2411 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2429 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:378 sssd-ipa.5.xml:413 sssd-ad.5.xml:166 sssd-ad.5.xml:264 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:733 sssd-ad.5.xml:825 sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 msgid "Default: true" msgstr "Пешфарз: true" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:86 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:89 msgid "" "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages. If journald is enabled " "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:94 sssd.conf.5.xml:1023 sssd.conf.5.xml:2139 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:692 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1521 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1540 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1716 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2133 sssd-ipa.5.xml:139 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:208 sssd-ipa.5.xml:515 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 msgid "Default: false" msgstr "Пешфарз: false" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:67 sssd.conf.5.xml:105 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2154 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:103 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:107 msgid "timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:110 msgid "" "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to " "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1392 msgid "Default: 10" msgstr "Пешфарз: 10" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128 msgid "The [sssd] section" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:137 sssd.conf.5.xml:2247 msgid "Section parameters" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:139 msgid "config_file_version (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:142 msgid "" "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use " "version 2." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:148 msgid "services" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:151 msgid "" "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155 msgid "" "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> " "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</" "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:165 sssd.conf.5.xml:390 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:168 sssd.conf.5.xml:393 msgid "" "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " "Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:173 sssd.conf.5.xml:398 msgid "Default: 3" msgstr "Пешфарз: 3" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:178 msgid "domains" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:181 msgid "" "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more " "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't " "start. This parameter described the list of domains in the order you want " "them to be queried. A domain name should only consist of alphanumeric ASCII " "characters, dashes, dots and underscores." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193 sssd.conf.5.xml:1922 msgid "re_expression (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196 msgid "" "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " "user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:201 msgid "" "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some " "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN " "SECTIONS for more info on these regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:210 sssd.conf.5.xml:1973 msgid "full_name_format (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:213 sssd.conf.5.xml:1976 msgid "" "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a " "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:224 sssd.conf.5.xml:1987 msgid "%1$s" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:225 sssd.conf.5.xml:1988 msgid "user name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:228 sssd.conf.5.xml:1991 msgid "%2$s" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:1994 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:237 sssd.conf.5.xml:2000 msgid "%3$s" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:240 sssd.conf.5.xml:2003 msgid "" "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly " "configured or discovered via IPA trusts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:221 sssd.conf.5.xml:1984 msgid "" "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:250 msgid "" "Each domain can have an individual format string configured. see DOMAIN " "SECTIONS for more info on this option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:256 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:259 msgid "" "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " "its internal DNS resolver. By default, we will attempt to use inotify for " "this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if " "inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:267 msgid "" "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip " "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set " "to 'false'" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:273 msgid "" "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other " "platforms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 msgid "" "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is " "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:284 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:287 msgid "" "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " "files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 msgid "" "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct " "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:297 msgid "" "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. " "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 msgid "user (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 msgid "" "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the " "root user." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:312 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:320 msgid "" "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary " "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a " "trusted domain. The option allows those users to log in just with their " "user name without giving a domain name as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:330 msgid "" "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain " "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. " "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It " "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names " "set to False." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339 sssd-ldap.5.xml:663 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1480 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1492 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1574 sssd-ad.5.xml:576 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:646 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:550 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:203 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:214 msgid "Default: not set" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:344 msgid "override_space (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:347 msgid "" "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar) with the given character for " "user and group names. e.g. (_). User name "john doe" will be " ""john_doe" This feature was added to help compatibility with shell " "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field " "separator in the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:356 msgid "" "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that " "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement " "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result " "of a lookup is undefined." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:364 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:130 msgid "" "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD " "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD. The services are " "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The " "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as " "some other important options like the identity domains. <placeholder type=" "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:377 msgid "" "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in " "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] " "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</" "quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:384 msgid "General service configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:386 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403 msgid "fd_limit" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:406 msgid "" "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted " "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On " "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value " "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:415 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:420 msgid "client_idle_timeout" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:423 msgid "" "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is " "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:430 sssd.conf.5.xml:446 sssd.conf.5.xml:478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:736 sssd.conf.5.xml:922 sssd.conf.5.xml:1264 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1219 msgid "Default: 60" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:435 sssd.conf.5.xml:1253 msgid "force_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:438 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256 msgid "" "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the <quote>timeout</" "quote> option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to " "quit gracefully. If the service does not terminate after " "<quote>force_timeout</quote> seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down " "by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:451 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:454 msgid "" "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go " "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected. This " "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:464 msgid "" "The random offset can increment up to 30 seconds. After each unsuccessful " "attempt to go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469 msgid "new_interval = old_interval*2 + random_offset" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:472 msgid "" "Note that the maximum length of each interval is currently limited to one " "hour. If the calculated length of new_interval is greater than an hour, it " "will be forced to one hour." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:483 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486 msgid "" "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a " "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited. " "Currently the following options can be inherited:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:492 msgid "ignore_group_members" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:495 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1036 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:501 msgid "ldap_user_principal" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:506 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:510 sssd.conf.5.xml:966 sssd.conf.5.xml:987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1247 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1775 msgid "Default: none" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:518 msgid "NSS configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:520 msgid "" "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:525 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:528 msgid "" "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about " "all users)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:532 msgid "Default: 120" msgstr "Пешфарз: 120" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:537 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:540 msgid "" "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " "for the domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546 msgid "" "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and " "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in " "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, " "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future " "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:556 msgid "" "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the " "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this " "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds. (0 " "disables this feature)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:564 msgid "Default: 50" msgstr "Пешфарз: 50" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:569 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:572 msgid "" "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " "before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:578 sssd.conf.5.xml:1047 msgid "Default: 15" msgstr "Пешфарз: 15" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:583 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:586 msgid "" "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database. This is " "particularly useful for system accounts. This option can also be set per-" "domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users from the " "particular domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:593 msgid "Default: root" msgstr "Пешфарз: root" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:598 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:601 msgid "" "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:612 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:615 msgid "" "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " "explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620 msgid "" "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:626 #, no-wrap msgid "" "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:624 sssd.conf.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:533 #: include/override_homedir.xml:55 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:630 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:636 msgid "override_shell (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:639 msgid "" "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other " "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section " "or per-domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:645 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:651 msgid "allowed_shells (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:654 msgid "" "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:661 msgid "" "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</" "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:666 msgid "" "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/" "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:671 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:674 msgid "" "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's " "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all " "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:681 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:684 msgid "" "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means " "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:688 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:693 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:701 msgid "shell_fallback (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:704 msgid "" "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708 msgid "Default: /bin/sh" msgstr "Пешфарз: /bin/sh" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713 msgid "default_shell" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716 msgid "" "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. " "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:722 msgid "" "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to " "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:729 sssd.conf.5.xml:915 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:732 sssd.conf.5.xml:918 msgid "" "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " "considered valid." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:741 msgid "memcache_timeout (int)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:744 msgid "" "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " "valid" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748 sssd-ldap.5.xml:706 msgid "Default: 300" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:753 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74 msgid "user_attributes (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:756 msgid "" "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes " "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of " "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handle the same way as the " "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:769 msgid "" "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe " "option if it is not set for the NSS responder." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:781 msgid "PAM configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:783 msgid "" "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module " "(PAM) service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:788 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:791 msgid "" "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached " "logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:796 sssd.conf.5.xml:809 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)" msgstr "Пешфарз: 0 (Номаҳдуд)" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:802 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:805 msgid "" "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts " "are allowed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:815 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:818 msgid "" "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:823 msgid "" "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if " "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online " "authentication can enable offline authentication again." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:829 sssd.conf.5.xml:882 msgid "Default: 5" msgstr "Пешфарз: 5" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:835 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838 msgid "" "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. " "The higher the number to more messages are displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:843 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:846 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:849 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:856 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:860 sssd.8.xml:63 msgid "Default: 1" msgstr "Пешфарз: 1" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:865 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:868 msgid "" "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:874 msgid "" "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as " "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-" "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity " "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:888 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1467 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:894 msgid "" "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the " "expiration time of the password. If this information is missing, sssd " "cannot display a warning." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:900 sssd.conf.5.xml:1470 msgid "" "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration " "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905 msgid "" "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</" "emphasis> for a particular domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910 sssd.conf.5.xml:2199 sssd.8.xml:79 msgid "Default: 0" msgstr "Пешфарз: 0" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:927 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:930 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are " "allowed to access the PAM responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at " "startup." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:936 msgid "Default: all (All users are allowed to access the PAM responder)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:940 msgid "" "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in " "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:947 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:950 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even " "to untrusted users." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:954 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:958 msgid "" "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962 msgid "" "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in " "responder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:971 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:974 msgid "" "If user is authenticating using SSH keys and account is expired then by " "default 'Permission denied' is output. This output will be changed to " "content of this variable if it is set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:983 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please call help desk.\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:996 msgid "SUDO configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:998 msgid "" "These options can be used to configure the sudo service. The detailed " "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-" "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1015 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1018 msgid "" "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1031 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1033 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040 msgid "" "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache " "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) " "before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1056 msgid "SSH configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1062 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 msgid "" "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " "file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1074 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077 msgid "" "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " "host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1081 msgid "Default: 180" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1089 msgid "PAC responder configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1091 msgid "" "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT " "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the " "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain " "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is " "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. " "If the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are " "done:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1100 msgid "" "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The uid is " "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the " "gid will have the same value as the uid. The home directory is set based on " "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. " "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell " "parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1108 msgid "" "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be " "added to those groups." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1118 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50 msgid "allowed_uids (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1121 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are " "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at " "startup." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1131 msgid "" "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be " "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to " "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 " "to the list of allowed UIDs as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1145 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155 msgid "" "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " "outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1160 msgid "" "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned " "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-" "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as " "expected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1167 msgid "" "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them " "by name or ID." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1171 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 msgid "enumerate (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180 msgid "" "Determines if a domain can be enumerated. This parameter can have one of the " "following values:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1184 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1187 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1190 sssd.conf.5.xml:1422 sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 msgid "Default: FALSE" msgstr "Пешфарз: FALSE" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193 msgid "" "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while " "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup " "to fully complete enumerations. During this time, individual requests for " "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the " "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache " "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the " "memberships have to be recomputed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206 msgid "" "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or " "group lists may return no results until it completes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211 msgid "" "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect " "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that " "enumeration lookups are completed successfully. For more information, refer " "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1219 msgid "" "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, " "especially in large environments." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1227 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1234 msgid "all" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1239 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230 msgid "" "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The " "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> " "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just " "for these trusted domains." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1273 msgid "" "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the " "backend again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1277 msgid "" "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual " "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect " "for newly added or expired entries. You should run the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already " "been cached." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290 msgid "Default: 5400" msgstr "Пешфарз: 5400" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1299 msgid "" "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking " "the backend again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303 sssd.conf.5.xml:1316 sssd.conf.5.xml:1329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1342 sssd.conf.5.xml:1355 sssd.conf.5.xml:1369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1309 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1312 msgid "" "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking " "the backend again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1322 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1325 msgid "" "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before " "asking the backend again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1338 msgid "" "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking " "the backend again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351 msgid "" "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend " "again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1361 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1364 msgid "" "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid " "before asking the backend again" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1375 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1378 msgid "" "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache " "the host key for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1389 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 msgid "" "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background " "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397 msgid "" "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the cache." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1401 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1405 sssd-ldap.5.xml:730 sssd-ipa.5.xml:224 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1411 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1414 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1418 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1428 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1431 msgid "" "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved " "this value determines the minimal lenght the first authentication factor " "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1438 msgid "" "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in " "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443 msgid "Default: 8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1449 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1452 msgid "" "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever. The " "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to " "offline_credentials_expiration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1459 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)" msgstr "Пешфарз: 0 (номаҳдуд)" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1464 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475 msgid "" "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the " "expiration time of the password. If this information is missing, sssd " "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the " "backend." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1482 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1488 msgid "id_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1491 msgid "" "The identification provider used for the domain. Supported ID providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1498 sssd.conf.5.xml:1635 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502 msgid "" "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-" "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more " "information on configuring LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1510 sssd.conf.5.xml:1615 sssd.conf.5.xml:1670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1723 msgid "" "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management " "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring " "FreeIPA." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1519 sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd.conf.5.xml:1679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1732 msgid "" "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1530 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 msgid "" "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " "as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1538 msgid "" "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. " "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, " "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while " "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546 msgid "" "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to " "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains " "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1553 msgid "Default: FALSE (TRUE if default_domain_suffix is used)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1559 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1565 msgid "" "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the " "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup " "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>. As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would " "return the requested group as if it was empty." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1583 msgid "" "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group " "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many " "members." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 msgid "auth_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1597 msgid "" "The authentication provider used for the domain. Supported auth providers " "are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1601 sssd.conf.5.xml:1663 msgid "" "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1608 msgid "" "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1632 msgid "" "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1639 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642 msgid "" "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle " "authentication requests." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1648 msgid "access_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 msgid "" "The access control provider used for the domain. There are two built-in " "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends) " "Internal special providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1657 msgid "" "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access " "provider for a local domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1660 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1687 msgid "" "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple " "access module." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1694 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1699 msgid "chpass_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702 msgid "" "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain. " "Supported change password providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1707 msgid "" "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1715 msgid "" "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1740 msgid "" "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1744 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1747 msgid "" "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle " "change password requests." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1754 msgid "sudo_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1757 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain. Supported SUDO providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1761 msgid "" "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1769 msgid "" "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default " "settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1773 msgid "" "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default " "settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1777 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1780 sssd.conf.5.xml:1858 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1915 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784 msgid "" "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the " "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. There are many configuration " "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to " "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1801 msgid "selinux_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1804 msgid "" "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this " "provider will be called right after access provider ends. Supported selinux " "providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1810 msgid "" "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1818 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1821 msgid "" "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle " "selinux loading requests." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1827 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830 msgid "" "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should " "be always the same as id_provider. Supported subdomain providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1836 msgid "" "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1845 msgid "" "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory " "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring " "the AD provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1854 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1865 msgid "autofs_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1868 msgid "" "The autofs provider used for the domain. Supported autofs providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1872 msgid "" "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879 msgid "" "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1887 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1897 msgid "hostid_provider (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900 msgid "" "The provider used for retrieving host identity information. Supported " "hostid providers are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904 msgid "" "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1912 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925 msgid "" "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " "containing user name and domain into these components. The \"domain\" can " "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA " "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of " "the domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1934 msgid "" "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P<domain>[^\\\\]+)\\" "\\(?P<name>.+$))|((?P<name>[^@]+)@(?P<domain>.+$))|(^(?" "P<name>[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for " "user names:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1939 msgid "username" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1942 msgid "username@domain.name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1945 msgid "domain\\username" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948 msgid "" "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is " "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953 msgid "" "Default: <quote>(?P<name>[^@]+)@?(?P<domain>[^@]*$)</quote> " "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> " "sign, the domain everything after that\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1959 msgid "" "PLEASE NOTE: the support for non-unique named subpatterns is not available " "on all platforms (e.g. RHEL5 and SLES10). Only platforms with libpcre " "version 7 or higher can support non-unique named subpatterns." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1966 msgid "" "PLEASE NOTE ALSO: older version of libpcre only support the Python syntax (?" "P<name>) to label subpatterns." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2013 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2019 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2022 msgid "" "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " "performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2026 msgid "Supported values:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2029 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2032 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2035 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2038 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2041 msgid "Default: ipv4_first" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2047 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050 msgid "" "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " "resolver before assuming that it is unreachable. If this timeout is reached, " "the domain will continue to operate in offline mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1203 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1245 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1263 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 msgid "Default: 6" msgstr "Пешфарз: 6" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2062 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2065 msgid "" "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " "the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2075 msgid "override_gid (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2078 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2084 msgid "case_sensitive (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2092 msgid "True" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2095 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2101 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2103 msgid "Case insensitive." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2107 msgid "Preserving" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2110 msgid "" "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result " "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also " "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2087 msgid "" "Treat user and group names as case sensitive. At the moment, this option is " "not supported in the local provider. Possible option values are: " "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2122 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2128 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2131 msgid "" "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested " "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to " "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2145 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2156 msgid "%F" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2157 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2148 msgid "" "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in " "IPA AD trust. See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about " "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used " "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>. <placeholder type=" "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 msgid "" "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2166 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2171 msgid "realmd_tags (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2174 msgid "" "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2180 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2183 msgid "" "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for " "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in " "the online mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2193 msgid "" "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than " "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle " "<quote>initgroups.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1147 msgid "" "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration " "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</" "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2211 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2217 msgid "" "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration " "or create a new one and add the service name here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2225 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2228 msgid "" "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions " "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), " "for example _nss_files_getpwent." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2207 msgid "" "Options valid for proxy domains. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2240 msgid "The local domain section" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2242 msgid "" "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in " "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses " "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2249 msgid "default_shell (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2252 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2261 msgid "base_directory (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264 msgid "" "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> " "and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2269 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2274 msgid "create_homedir (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2277 msgid "" "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users. " "Can be overridden on command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2281 sssd.conf.5.xml:2293 msgid "Default: TRUE" msgstr "Пешфарз: TRUE" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2286 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2289 msgid "" "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted " "users. Can be overridden on command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2301 msgid "" "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions " "on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309 msgid "Default: 077" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2314 msgid "skel_dir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2317 msgid "" "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2327 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 msgid "mail_dir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335 msgid "" "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its " "corresponding user account is modified or deleted. If not specified, a " "default value is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2342 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2347 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2350 msgid "" "The command that is run after a user is removed. The command us passed the " "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The " "return code of the command is not taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2356 msgid "Default: None, no command is run" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2366 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2591 sssd-simple.5.xml:131 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:690 sssd-ad.5.xml:862 sssd-krb5.5.xml:564 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:98 msgid "EXAMPLE" msgstr "НАМУНА" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2372 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sssd]\n" "domains = LDAP\n" "services = nss, pam\n" "config_file_version = 2\n" "\n" "[nss]\n" "filter_groups = root\n" "filter_users = root\n" "\n" "[pam]\n" "\n" "[domain/LDAP]\n" "id_provider = ldap\n" "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n" "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n" "\n" "auth_provider = krb5\n" "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n" "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n" "cache_credentials = true\n" "\n" "min_id = 10000\n" "max_id = 20000\n" "enumerate = False\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368 msgid "" "The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe " "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on " "configuring domains for more details. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-ldap" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23 msgid "" "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>. Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38 msgid "" "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to " "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. " "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication " "over an unencrypted channel. If the LDAP server is used only as an identity " "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to " "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about " "using LDAP as an access provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:70 sssd-ad.5.xml:88 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:60 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:63 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</" "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy. If " "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more " "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:70 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:73 msgid "ldap[s]://<host>[:port]" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 msgid "" "For explicit IPv6 addresses, <host> must be enclosed in brackets []" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:88 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. " "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on " "failover and server redundancy." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:95 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:99 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:108 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:112 msgid "" "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the " "syntax:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:116 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:119 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18 msgid "" "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www." "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:126 sssd-ldap.5.xml:646 sssd-ad.5.xml:212 msgid "Examples:" msgstr "Намунаҳо:" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:129 msgid "" "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to) " "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:134 msgid "" "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?" "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:137 msgid "" "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference " "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two " "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client " "machines." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:144 msgid "" "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts " "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If " "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is " "used. The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of " "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are " "are not supported." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:158 msgid "ldap_schema (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:161 msgid "" "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server. Depending on " "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers " "may vary. The way that some attributes are handled may also differ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:168 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:172 msgid "rfc2307" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:177 msgid "rfc2307bis" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:182 msgid "IPA" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:187 msgid "AD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193 msgid "" "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are " "recorded in the server. With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in " "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute. With rfc2307bis and IPA, " "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> " "attribute. The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active " "Directory 2008r2 values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:203 msgid "Default: rfc2307" msgstr "Пешфарз: rfc2307" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:212 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:219 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:229 msgid "password" msgstr "парол" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232 msgid "obfuscated_password" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:235 msgid "Default: password" msgstr "Пешфарз: парол" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:241 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:244 msgid "" "The authentication token of the default bind DN. Only clear text passwords " "are currently supported." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:251 msgid "ldap_user_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:254 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:257 msgid "Default: posixAccount" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263 msgid "ldap_user_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270 msgid "Default: uid" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276 msgid "ldap_user_uid_number (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:283 msgid "Default: uidNumber" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:289 msgid "ldap_user_gid_number (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:292 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296 sssd-ldap.5.xml:863 msgid "Default: gidNumber" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302 msgid "ldap_user_gecos (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:309 msgid "Default: gecos" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:315 msgid "ldap_user_home_directory (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:322 msgid "Default: homeDirectory" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:328 msgid "ldap_user_shell (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:331 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335 msgid "Default: loginShell" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341 msgid "ldap_user_uuid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:344 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:889 msgid "" "Default: not set in the general case, objectGUID for AD and ipaUniqueID for " "IPA" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:355 msgid "ldap_user_objectsid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:358 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object. This " "is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:363 sssd-ldap.5.xml:904 msgid "Default: objectSid for ActiveDirectory, not set for other servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:370 msgid "ldap_user_modify_timestamp (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:373 sssd-ldap.5.xml:914 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1119 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " "parent object." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:377 sssd-ldap.5.xml:918 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1126 msgid "Default: modifyTimestamp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:383 msgid "ldap_user_shadow_last_change (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:386 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (date of " "the last password change)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:396 msgid "Default: shadowLastChange" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:402 msgid "ldap_user_shadow_min (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:405 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (minimum " "password age)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:414 msgid "Default: shadowMin" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:420 msgid "ldap_user_shadow_max (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (maximum " "password age)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:432 msgid "Default: shadowMax" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438 msgid "ldap_user_shadow_warning (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart " "(password warning period)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:451 msgid "Default: shadowWarning" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:457 msgid "ldap_user_shadow_inactive (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:460 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart " "(password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:470 msgid "Default: shadowInactive" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:476 msgid "ldap_user_shadow_expire (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:479 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " "parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:489 msgid "Default: shadowExpire" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 msgid "ldap_user_krb_last_pwd_change (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:498 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " "an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " "kerberos." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504 msgid "Default: krbLastPwdChange" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:510 msgid "ldap_user_krb_password_expiration (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:513 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " "an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519 msgid "Default: krbPasswordExpiration" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:525 msgid "ldap_user_ad_account_expires (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:528 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " "of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:533 msgid "Default: accountExpires" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:539 msgid "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:542 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " "of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:547 msgid "Default: userAccountControl" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:553 msgid "ldap_ns_account_lock (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:556 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " "determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:561 msgid "Default: nsAccountLock" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:567 msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_disabled (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:570 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " "access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:574 sssd-ldap.5.xml:588 msgid "Default: loginDisabled" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:580 msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:583 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " "which date access is granted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:594 msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:597 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " "hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602 msgid "Default: loginAllowedTimeMap" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:608 msgid "ldap_user_principal (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:611 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " "(UPN)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:615 msgid "Default: krbPrincipalName" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:621 msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:624 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of LDAP attributes that SSSD would fetch along with the " "usual set of user attributes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:629 msgid "" "The list can either contain LDAP attribute names only, or colon-separated " "tuples of SSSD cache attribute name and LDAP attribute name. In case only " "LDAP attribute name is specified, the attribute is saved to the cache " "verbatim. Using a custom SSSD attribute name might be required by " "environments that configure several SSSD domains with different LDAP schemas." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:639 msgid "" "Please note that several attribute names are reserved by SSSD, notably the " "<quote>name</quote> attribute. SSSD would report an error if any of the " "reserved attribute names is used as an extra attribute name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649 msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = telephoneNumber" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652 msgid "" "Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as " "<quote>telephoneNumber</quote> to the cache." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:656 msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:659 msgid "" "Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as <quote>phone</" "quote> to the cache." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669 msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:672 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:676 msgid "Default: sshPublicKey" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:682 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:685 msgid "" "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case " "realm." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:698 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:701 msgid "" "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " "enumerated records." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:712 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:715 msgid "" "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " "space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:721 msgid "" "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please " "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order " "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, " "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:736 msgid "ldap_user_fullname (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:739 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:743 sssd-ldap.5.xml:850 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1077 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1151 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2175 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2514 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:563 msgid "Default: cn" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:749 msgid "ldap_user_member_of (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:752 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:756 msgid "Default: memberOf" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:762 msgid "ldap_user_authorized_service (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765 msgid "" "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " "use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " "to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:772 msgid "" "An explicit deny (!svc) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for " "explicit allow (svc) and finally for allow_all (*)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:777 msgid "" "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</" "emphasis> include <quote>authorized_service</quote> in order for the " "ldap_user_authorized_service option to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 msgid "Default: authorizedService" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790 msgid "ldap_user_authorized_host (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793 msgid "" "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " "presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " "privilege." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:799 msgid "" "An explicit deny (!host) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for " "explicit allow (host) and finally for allow_all (*)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:804 msgid "" "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</" "emphasis> include <quote>host</quote> in order for the " "ldap_user_authorized_host option to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:811 msgid "Default: host" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:817 msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:820 msgid "Name of the LDAP attribute containing the X509 certificate of the user." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:824 msgid "Default: no set in the general case, userCertificate for IPA" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:831 msgid "ldap_group_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:834 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:837 msgid "Default: posixGroup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:843 msgid "ldap_group_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:846 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:856 msgid "ldap_group_gid_number (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:869 msgid "ldap_group_member (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:872 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 msgid "Default: memberuid (rfc2307) / member (rfc2307bis)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882 msgid "ldap_group_uuid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:896 msgid "ldap_group_objectsid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:899 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object. This " "is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911 msgid "ldap_group_modify_timestamp (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:924 msgid "ldap_group_type (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:927 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains an integer value indicating the type of the " "group and maybe other flags." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:932 msgid "" "This attribute is currently only used by the AD provider to determine if a " "group is a domain local groups and has to be filtered out for trusted " "domains." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:938 msgid "Default: groupType in the AD provider, othewise not set" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:945 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:948 msgid "" "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:955 msgid "" "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be " "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit " "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved " "the deeper nesting levels. Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may " "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:964 msgid "" "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed " "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later it " "is furthermore required to disable usage of Token-Groups by setting " "ldap_use_tokengroups to false." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971 msgid "Default: 2" msgstr "Пешфарз: 2" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:977 msgid "ldap_groups_use_matching_rule_in_chain" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:980 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " "feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " "complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:986 msgid "" "In most common cases, it is best to leave this option disabled. It generally " "only provides a performance increase on very complex nestings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:991 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1018 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, SSSD will use it if it detects that the server " "supports it during initial connection. So \"True\" here essentially means " "\"auto-detect\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:997 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1024 msgid "" "Note: This feature is currently known to work only with Active Directory " "2008 R1 and later. See <ulink url=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/" "windows/desktop/aa746475%28v=vs.85%29.aspx\"> MSDN(TM) documentation</ulink> " "for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1003 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1030 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1321 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1342 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1848 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:242 msgid "Default: False" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1009 msgid "ldap_initgroups_use_matching_rule_in_chain" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1012 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " "feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " "dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1039 msgid "" "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when " "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1044 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1050 msgid "ldap_netgroup_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1053 msgid "The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1056 msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_object_class should be used instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 msgid "Default: nisNetgroup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066 msgid "ldap_netgroup_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1073 msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_name should be used instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1083 msgid "ldap_netgroup_member (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1086 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1090 msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_member should be used instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094 msgid "Default: memberNisNetgroup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1100 msgid "ldap_netgroup_triple (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1103 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1107 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1123 msgid "This option is not available in IPA provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1110 msgid "Default: nisNetgroupTriple" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1116 msgid "ldap_netgroup_modify_timestamp (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1132 msgid "ldap_service_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1135 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1138 msgid "Default: ipService" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1144 msgid "ldap_service_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1147 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " "aliases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1157 msgid "ldap_service_port (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1164 msgid "Default: ipServicePort" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1170 msgid "ldap_service_proto (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1173 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1177 msgid "Default: ipServiceProtocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1183 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1188 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1191 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " "is entered)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1197 msgid "" "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It " "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific " "lookup types." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1209 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1212 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " "are returned (and offline mode is entered)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1225 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1228 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1251 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1254 msgid "" "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when " "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind " "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1269 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1272 msgid "" "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used " "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. " "the TGT lifetime) will be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1280 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2332 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1286 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1289 msgid "" "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1294 msgid "Default: 1000" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1300 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1303 msgid "" "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP " "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but " "it is not enabled or does not behave properly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1309 msgid "" "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the " "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1315 msgid "" "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at " "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some " "requests being denied." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1327 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1330 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1333 msgid "" "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single " "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a " "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range " "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore " "large groups will appear as having no members." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1348 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351 msgid "" "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this " "option are defined by OpenLDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1357 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1364 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1367 msgid "" "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, " "they are looked up individually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1373 msgid "" "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377 msgid "" "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single " "LDAP call. Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference " "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active " "Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1385 msgid "" "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search " "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled " "regardless of this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1401 msgid "" "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407 msgid "" "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server " "certificate." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1411 msgid "" "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no " "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate " "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1418 msgid "" "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no " "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate " "is provided, the session is immediately terminated." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1424 msgid "" "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no " "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is " "immediately terminated." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1430 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1434 msgid "Default: hard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1440 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1443 msgid "" "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1448 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1466 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1507 msgid "" "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap." "conf</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1455 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1458 msgid "" "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to " "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'. If available, " "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1473 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1476 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1486 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1489 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1498 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1501 msgid "" "Specifies acceptable cipher suites. Typically this is a colon separated " "list. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1514 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1517 msgid "" "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class=" "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1527 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1530 msgid "" "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1536 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1546 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (interger)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1549 msgid "" "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is " "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and " "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this " "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id " "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly " "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1561 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1567 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1570 msgid "" "Specify the SASL mechanism to use. Currently only GSSAPI is tested and " "supported." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1580 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1583 msgid "" "Specify the SASL authorization id to use. When GSSAPI is used, this " "represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the directory. " "This option can either contain the full principal (for example host/" "myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/myhost)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1591 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1597 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1600 msgid "" "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to " "the value of krb5_realm. If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as " "well, this option is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1606 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1612 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1615 msgid "" "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1620 msgid "Default: false;" msgstr "Пешфарз: false;" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1626 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1629 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1632 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1638 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1641 msgid "" "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT). This " "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is " "GSSAPI." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1653 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1656 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1660 sssd-ad.5.xml:780 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1666 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1669 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. " "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the " "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a " "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames. If empty, service " "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE " "DISCOVERY</quote> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1681 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89 msgid "" "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches " "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if " "none are found." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1686 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94 msgid "" "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. " "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to " "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1695 sssd-ipa.5.xml:388 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103 msgid "krb5_realm (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1698 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI auth)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1701 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1707 sssd-ipa.5.xml:403 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1710 msgid "" "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to " "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1722 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1725 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480 msgid "" "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and " "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need " "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1736 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491 msgid "" "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more " "information on the locator plugin." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1750 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1753 msgid "" "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. " "The following values are allowed:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1758 msgid "" "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option " "cannot disable server-side password policies." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1763 msgid "" "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to " "evaluate if the password has expired." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1769 msgid "" "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos " "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update " "these attributes when the password is changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1778 msgid "" "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server " "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1786 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1789 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1793 msgid "" "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled " "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1798 msgid "" "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use " "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup " "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false " "might bring a noticeable performance improvement." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1812 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1815 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1819 msgid "Default: ldap" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1825 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1828 msgid "" "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " "password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1833 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1839 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1842 msgid "" "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " "days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1854 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1857 msgid "" "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that " "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If " "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not " "set, it will result in all users being denied access. Use access_provider = " "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is " "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested " "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to " "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1877 msgid "Example:" msgstr "Намуна:" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1880 #, no-wrap msgid "" "access_provider = ldap\n" "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1884 msgid "" "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose " "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1889 msgid "" "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the " "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted " "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access " "while offline and vice-versa." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1897 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1954 msgid "Default: Empty" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1903 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1906 msgid "" "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " "be enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1910 msgid "" "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, " "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code " "even if the password is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1917 msgid "The following values are allowed:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1920 msgid "" "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to " "determine if the account is expired." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1925 msgid "" "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field " "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not " "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time " "of the account is checked." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1932 msgid "" "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</" "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is " "allowed or not." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1938 msgid "" "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of " "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and " "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. " "If both attributes are missing access is granted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1947 msgid "" "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</" "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the " "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1960 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1963 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options. Allowed values are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1967 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1970 msgid "" "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking. If set, this option " "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present " "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn. " "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to " "work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1980 msgid "" "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</" "quote> option and might be removed in a future release. </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1987 msgid "" "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking. If set, this option " "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present " "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past. The " "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which " "denotes the UTC time zone. Other time zones are not currently supported and " "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in. Please see " "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn. Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' " "must be set for this feature to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2004 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2008 msgid "" "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, " "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are " "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and " "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for " "example SSH keys." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2018 msgid "" "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is " "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, " "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, " "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password " "immediately." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2026 msgid "" "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2030 msgid "" "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to " "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2035 msgid "" "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute " "to determine access" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2040 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2044 msgid "Default: filter" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2047 msgid "" "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than " "once." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2054 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2057 msgid "" "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please " "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account " "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP " "server cannot be checked properly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2065 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2068 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2074 msgid "ldap_deref (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2077 msgid "" "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The " "following options are allowed:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2082 msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2086 msgid "" "<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of " "the base object, but not in locating the base object of the search." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2091 msgid "" "<emphasis>finding</emphasis>: Aliases are only dereferenced when locating " "the base object of the search." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2096 msgid "" "<emphasis>always</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced both in searching and " "in locating the base object of the search." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2101 msgid "" "Default: Empty (this is handled as <emphasis>never</emphasis> by the LDAP " "client libraries)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2109 msgid "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2112 msgid "" "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " "use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2116 msgid "" "In some environments where the RFC2307 schema is used, local users are made " "members of LDAP groups by adding their names to the memberUid attribute. " "The self-consistency of the domain is compromised when this is done, so SSSD " "would normally remove the \"missing\" users from the cached group " "memberships as soon as nsswitch tries to fetch information about the user " "via getpw*() or initgroups() calls." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2127 msgid "" "This option falls back to checking if local users are referenced, and caches " "them so that later initgroups() calls will augment the local users with the " "additional LDAP groups." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:51 msgid "" "All of the common configuration options that apply to SSSD domains also " "apply to LDAP domains. Refer to the <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> section " "of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for full details. <placeholder type=" "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2143 msgid "SUDO OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2145 msgid "" "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the " "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2156 msgid "ldap_sudorule_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2159 msgid "The object class of a sudo rule entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2162 msgid "Default: sudoRole" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2168 msgid "ldap_sudorule_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2171 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo rule name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2181 msgid "ldap_sudorule_command (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2184 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the command name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2188 msgid "Default: sudoCommand" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2194 msgid "ldap_sudorule_host (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2197 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host name (or host IP address, " "host IP network, or host netgroup)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2202 msgid "Default: sudoHost" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2208 msgid "ldap_sudorule_user (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2211 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name (or UID, group name or " "user's netgroup)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2215 msgid "Default: sudoUser" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2221 msgid "ldap_sudorule_option (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2224 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2228 msgid "Default: sudoOption" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2234 msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasuser (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2237 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name that commands may be " "run as." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2241 msgid "Default: sudoRunAsUser" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2247 msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasgroup (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2250 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name or group GID that " "commands may be run as." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2254 msgid "Default: sudoRunAsGroup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2260 msgid "ldap_sudorule_notbefore (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2263 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the start date/time for when the sudo " "rule is valid." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2267 msgid "Default: sudoNotBefore" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2273 msgid "ldap_sudorule_notafter (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2276 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the expiration date/time, after which " "the sudo rule will no longer be valid." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2281 msgid "Default: sudoNotAfter" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2287 msgid "ldap_sudorule_order (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2290 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the ordering index of the rule." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2294 msgid "Default: sudoOrder" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2300 msgid "ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2303 msgid "" "How many seconds SSSD will wait between executing a full refresh of sudo " "rules (which downloads all rules that are stored on the server)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2308 msgid "" "The value must be greater than <emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval </" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2313 msgid "Default: 21600 (6 hours)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2319 msgid "ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2322 msgid "" "How many seconds SSSD has to wait before executing a smart refresh of sudo " "rules (which downloads all rules that have USN higher than the highest USN " "of cached rules)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2328 msgid "" "If USN attributes are not supported by the server, the modifyTimestamp " "attribute is used instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2338 msgid "ldap_sudo_use_host_filter (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2341 msgid "" "If true, SSSD will download only rules that are applicable to this machine " "(using the IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses and hostnames)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2352 msgid "ldap_sudo_hostnames (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2355 msgid "" "Space separated list of hostnames or fully qualified domain names that " "should be used to filter the rules." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2360 msgid "" "If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the hostname and the " "fully qualified domain name automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2365 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2388 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2406 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2424 msgid "" "If <emphasis>ldap_sudo_use_host_filter</emphasis> is <emphasis>false</" "emphasis> then this option has no effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2370 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2393 msgid "Default: not specified" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2376 msgid "ldap_sudo_ip (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2379 msgid "" "Space separated list of IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses that should be " "used to filter the rules." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2384 msgid "" "If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the addresses " "automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2399 msgid "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2402 msgid "" "If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a netgroup in " "sudoHost attribute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2417 msgid "ldap_sudo_include_regexp (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2420 msgid "" "If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a wildcard in " "sudoHost attribute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2436 msgid "" "This manual page only describes attribute name mapping. For detailed " "explanation of sudo related attribute semantics, see <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2446 msgid "AUTOFS OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2448 msgid "" "Please note that the default values correspond to the default schema which " "is RFC2307." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2454 msgid "ldap_autofs_map_master_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2457 msgid "The name of the automount master map in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2460 msgid "Default: auto.master" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2467 msgid "ldap_autofs_map_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2470 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2496 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2473 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2500 msgid "Default: automountMap" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2480 msgid "ldap_autofs_map_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2483 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2486 msgid "Default: ou" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2493 msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2507 msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_key (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2510 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2524 msgid "" "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " "mount point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2521 msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_value (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2528 msgid "Default: automountInformation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2452 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=" "\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"2\"/> " "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"3\"/> <placeholder type=" "\"variablelist\" id=\"4\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"5\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2538 msgid "ADVANCED OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2545 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2550 msgid "ldap_user_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2555 msgid "ldap_group_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2560 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2562 msgid "" "If the option <quote>ldap_use_tokengroups</quote> is enabled. The searches " "against Active Directory will not be restricted and return all groups " "memberships, even with no gid mapping. It is recommended to disable this " "feature, if group names are not being displayed correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2569 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2571 msgid "ldap_sudo_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2576 msgid "ldap_autofs_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2540 msgid "" "These options are supported by LDAP domains, but they should be used with " "caution. Please include them in your configuration only if you know what you " "are doing. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=" "\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2593 msgid "" "The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and LDAP is " "set to one of the domains in the <replaceable>[domains]</replaceable> " "section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2599 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[domain/LDAP]\n" "id_provider = ldap\n" "auth_provider = ldap\n" "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n" "ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n" "ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n" "cache_credentials = true\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2598 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2616 sssd-simple.5.xml:139 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:698 sssd-ad.5.xml:870 sssd-sudo.5.xml:56 sssd-sudo.5.xml:98 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:573 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:105 msgid "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2610 msgid "LDAP ACCESS FILTER EXAMPLE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2612 msgid "" "The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and to use " "the ldap_access_order=lockout." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2617 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[domain/LDAP]\n" "id_provider = ldap\n" "auth_provider = ldap\n" "access_provider = ldap\n" "ldap_access_order = lockout\n" "ldap_pwdlockout_dn = cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=mydomain,dc=org\n" "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n" "ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n" "ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n" "cache_credentials = true\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2632 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:61 #: sssd-simple.5.xml:148 sssd-ad.5.xml:885 sssd.8.xml:195 sss_seed.8.xml:163 msgid "NOTES" msgstr "ЭЗОҲҲО" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2634 msgid "" "The descriptions of some of the configuration options in this manual page " "are based on the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page from the OpenLDAP 2.4 " "distribution." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentryinfo> #: pam_sss.8.xml:8 include/upstream.xml:2 msgid "" "<productname>SSSD</productname> <orgname>The SSSD upstream - http://" "fedorahosted.org/sssd</orgname>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: pam_sss.8.xml:13 pam_sss.8.xml:18 msgid "pam_sss" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: pam_sss.8.xml:19 msgid "PAM module for SSSD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: pam_sss.8.xml:24 msgid "" "<command>pam_sss.so</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>quiet</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>forward_pass</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_first_pass</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_authtok</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>retry=N</replaceable> </" "arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_unknown_user</replaceable> </" "arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_authinfo_unavail</replaceable> </" "arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>domains=X</replaceable> </arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:54 msgid "" "<command>pam_sss.so</command> is the PAM interface to the System Security " "Services daemon (SSSD). Errors and results are logged through " "<command>syslog(3)</command> with the LOG_AUTHPRIV facility." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:64 msgid "<option>quiet</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:67 msgid "Suppress log messages for unknown users." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:72 msgid "<option>forward_pass</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:75 msgid "" "If <option>forward_pass</option> is set the entered password is put on the " "stack for other PAM modules to use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:82 msgid "<option>use_first_pass</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:85 msgid "" "The argument use_first_pass forces the module to use a previous stacked " "modules password and will never prompt the user - if no password is " "available or the password is not appropriate, the user will be denied access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:93 msgid "<option>use_authtok</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:96 msgid "" "When password changing enforce the module to set the new password to the one " "provided by a previously stacked password module." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:103 msgid "<option>retry=N</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:106 msgid "" "If specified the user is asked another N times for a password if " "authentication fails. Default is 0." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:108 msgid "" "Please note that this option might not work as expected if the application " "calling PAM handles the user dialog on its own. A typical example is " "<command>sshd</command> with <option>PasswordAuthentication</option>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:117 msgid "<option>ignore_unknown_user</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:120 msgid "" "If this option is specified and the user does not exist, the PAM module will " "return PAM_IGNORE. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:127 msgid "<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:131 msgid "" "Specifies that the PAM module should return PAM_IGNORE if it cannot contact " "the SSSD daemon. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: pam_sss.8.xml:138 msgid "<option>domains</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:142 msgid "" "Allows the administrator to restrict the domains a particular PAM service is " "allowed to authenticate against. The format is a comma-separated list of " "SSSD domain names, as specified in the sssd.conf file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:148 msgid "" "NOTE: Must be used in conjunction with the <quote>pam_trusted_users</quote> " "and <quote>pam_public_domains</quote> options. Please see the " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information on these two PAM " "responder options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: pam_sss.8.xml:164 msgid "MODULE TYPES PROVIDED" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:165 msgid "" "All module types (<option>account</option>, <option>auth</option>, " "<option>password</option> and <option>session</option>) are provided." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: pam_sss.8.xml:171 msgid "FILES" msgstr "ФАЙЛҲО" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:172 msgid "" "If a password reset by root fails, because the corresponding SSSD provider " "does not support password resets, an individual message can be displayed. " "This message can e.g. contain instructions about how to reset a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:177 msgid "" "The message is read from the file <filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.LOC</" "filename> where LOC stands for a locale string returned by <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>. If there is no matching file the content of " "<filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.txt</filename> is displayed. Root must be " "the owner of the files and only root may have read and write permissions " "while all other users must have only read permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: pam_sss.8.xml:187 msgid "" "These files are searched in the directory <filename>/etc/sssd/customize/" "DOMAIN_NAME/</filename>. If no matching file is present a generic message is " "displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:10 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:15 msgid "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:16 msgid "Kerberos locator plugin" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:22 msgid "" "The Kerberos locator plugin <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is " "used by the Kerberos provider of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to tell the Kerberos " "libraries what Realm and which KDC to use. Typically this is done in " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> which is always read by the Kerberos libraries. " "To simplify the configuration the Realm and the KDC can be defined in " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> as described in <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:48 msgid "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry> puts the Realm and the name or IP address of the KDC into " "the environment variables SSSD_KRB5_REALM and SSSD_KRB5_KDC respectively. " "When <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is called by the kerberos " "libraries it reads and evaluates these variables and returns them to the " "libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:63 msgid "" "Not all Kerberos implementations support the use of plugins. If " "<command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is not available on your system " "you have to edit /etc/krb5.conf to reflect your Kerberos setup." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:69 msgid "" "If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DEBUG is set to any value " "debug messages will be sent to stderr." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:10 sssd-simple.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-simple" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:17 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:24 msgid "" "This manual page describes the configuration of the simple access-control " "provider for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, " "refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:38 msgid "" "The simple access provider grants or denies access based on an access or " "deny list of user or group names. The following rules apply:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:43 msgid "If all lists are empty, access is granted" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:47 msgid "" "If any list is provided, the order of evaluation is allow,deny. This means " "that any matching deny rule will supersede any matched allow rule." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:54 msgid "" "If either or both \"allow\" lists are provided, all users are denied unless " "they appear in the list." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:60 msgid "" "If only \"deny\" lists are provided, all users are granted access unless " "they appear in the list." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:78 msgid "simple_allow_users (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:81 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:88 msgid "simple_deny_users (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:91 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:97 msgid "simple_allow_groups (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:100 msgid "" "Comma separated list of groups that are allowed to log in. This applies only " "to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not evaluated." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:108 msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:111 msgid "" "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " "applies only to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not " "evaluated." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:70 sssd-ipa.5.xml:71 sssd-ad.5.xml:89 msgid "" "Refer to the section <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> of the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> manual page for details on the configuration of an SSSD " "domain. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:120 msgid "" "Specifying no values for any of the lists is equivalent to skipping it " "entirely. Beware of this while generating parameters for the simple provider " "using automated scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:125 msgid "" "Please note that it is an configuration error if both, simple_allow_users " "and simple_deny_users, are defined." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:133 msgid "" "The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example." "com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. " "This examples shows only the simple access provider-specific options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:140 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[domain/example.com]\n" "access_provider = simple\n" "simple_allow_users = user1, user2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-simple.5.xml:150 msgid "" "The complete group membership hierarchy is resolved before the access check, " "thus even nested groups can be included in the access lists. Please be " "aware that the <quote>ldap_group_nesting_level</quote> option may impact the " "results and should be set to a sufficient value. (<citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>) option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:10 sssd-ipa.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-ipa" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:17 msgid "SSSD IPA provider" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:23 msgid "" "This manual page describes the configuration of the IPA provider for " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE " "FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:36 msgid "" "The IPA provider is a back end used to connect to an IPA server. (Refer to " "the freeipa.org web site for information about IPA servers.) This provider " "requires that the machine be joined to the IPA domain; configuration is " "almost entirely self-discovered and obtained directly from the server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:43 msgid "" "The IPA provider accepts the same options used by the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> identity provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-" "krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication " "provider with some exceptions described below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:55 msgid "" "However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these options. IPA " "provider can also be used as an access and chpass provider. As an access " "provider it uses HBAC (host-based access control) rules. Please refer to " "freeipa.org for more information about HBAC. No configuration of access " "provider is required on the client side." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:62 msgid "" "The IPA provider will use the PAC responder if the Kerberos tickets of users " "from trusted realms contain a PAC. To make configuration easier the PAC " "responder is started automatically if the IPA ID provider is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:78 msgid "ipa_domain (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 msgid "" "Specifies the name of the IPA domain. This is optional. If not provided, " "the configuration domain name is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:89 msgid "ipa_server, ipa_backup_server (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:92 msgid "" "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " "which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. For more information " "on failover and server redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. " "This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled. For more information on " "service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:105 msgid "ipa_hostname (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:108 msgid "" "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " "fully qualified name used in the IPA domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:116 sssd-ad.5.xml:714 msgid "dyndns_update (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:119 msgid "" "Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server " "built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client. The update is " "secured using GSS-TSIG. The IP address of the IPA LDAP connection is used " "for the updates, if it is not otherwise specified by using the " "<quote>dyndns_iface</quote> option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:128 sssd-ad.5.xml:728 msgid "" "NOTE: On older systems (such as RHEL 5), for this behavior to work reliably, " "the default Kerberos realm must be set properly in /etc/krb5.conf" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:133 msgid "" "NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_update</" "emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_update</" "emphasis> in their config file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:145 sssd-ad.5.xml:739 msgid "dyndns_ttl (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:148 sssd-ad.5.xml:742 msgid "" "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it. If " "dyndns_update is false this has no effect. This will override the TTL " "serverside if set by an administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:153 msgid "" "NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_ttl</" "emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_ttl</" "emphasis> in their config file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:159 msgid "Default: 1200 (seconds)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:165 sssd-ad.5.xml:753 msgid "dyndns_iface (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:168 sssd-ad.5.xml:756 msgid "" "Optional. Applicable only when dyndns_update is true. Choose the interface " "whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:173 sssd-ad.5.xml:761 msgid "NOTE: This option currently supports only one interface." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:176 msgid "" "NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_iface</" "emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_iface</" "emphasis> in their config file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:182 msgid "Default: Use the IP address of the IPA LDAP connection" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:188 msgid "ipa_enable_dns_sites (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:191 sssd-ad.5.xml:152 msgid "Enables DNS sites - location based service discovery." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:195 msgid "" "If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom " "of the man page) is enabled, then the SSSD will first attempt location " "based discovery using a query that contains \"_location.hostname.example.com" "\" and then fall back to traditional SRV discovery. If the location based " "discovery succeeds, the IPA servers located with the location based " "discovery are treated as primary servers and the IPA servers located using " "the traditional SRV discovery are used as back up servers" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:214 sssd-ad.5.xml:770 msgid "dyndns_refresh_interval (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:217 sssd-ad.5.xml:773 msgid "" "How often should the back end perform periodic DNS update in addition to the " "automatic update performed when the back end goes online. This option is " "optional and applicable only when dyndns_update is true." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:230 sssd-ad.5.xml:786 msgid "dyndns_update_ptr (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:233 sssd-ad.5.xml:789 msgid "" "Whether the PTR record should also be explicitly updated when updating the " "client's DNS records. Applicable only when dyndns_update is true." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:238 msgid "" "This option should be False in most IPA deployments as the IPA server " "generates the PTR records automatically when forward records are changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:244 msgid "Default: False (disabled)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:250 sssd-ad.5.xml:800 msgid "dyndns_force_tcp (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ad.5.xml:803 msgid "" "Whether the nsupdate utility should default to using TCP for communicating " "with the DNS server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:257 sssd-ad.5.xml:807 msgid "Default: False (let nsupdate choose the protocol)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:263 msgid "ipa_hbac_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:266 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for HBAC related objects." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:270 msgid "Default: Use base DN" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:276 msgid "ipa_host_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:279 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:283 sssd-ipa.5.xml:302 sssd-ipa.5.xml:321 sssd-ipa.5.xml:340 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:359 msgid "" "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring " "multiple search bases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:288 sssd-ipa.5.xml:307 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:295 msgid "ipa_selinux_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:298 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for SELinux user maps." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:314 msgid "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:317 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for trusted domains." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:326 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:333 msgid "ipa_master_domain_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:336 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for master domain object." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:345 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=ad,cn=etc,%basedn</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:352 msgid "ipa_views_search_base (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:355 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for views containers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:364 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=views,cn=accounts,%basedn</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:371 sssd-krb5.5.xml:254 msgid "krb5_validate (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:374 msgid "" "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " "spoofed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:381 sssd-ad.5.xml:828 msgid "" "Note that this default differs from the traditional Kerberos provider back " "end." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:391 msgid "" "The name of the Kerberos realm. This is optional and defaults to the value " "of <quote>ipa_domain</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:395 msgid "" "The name of the Kerberos realm has a special meaning in IPA - it is " "converted into the base DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:406 msgid "" "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized when " "connecting to IPA LDAP and also for AS requests. This feature is available " "with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:419 sssd-krb5.5.xml:416 msgid "krb5_use_fast (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:422 sssd-krb5.5.xml:419 msgid "" "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" "authentication. The following options are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:427 msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis> use FAST." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:430 msgid "" "<emphasis>try</emphasis> to use FAST. If the server does not support FAST, " "continue the authentication without it. This is equivalent to not setting " "this option at all." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:436 sssd-krb5.5.xml:433 msgid "" "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> to use FAST. The authentication fails if the " "server does not require fast." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:441 msgid "Default: try" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:444 sssd-krb5.5.xml:444 msgid "" "NOTE: SSSD supports FAST only with MIT Kerberos version 1.8 and later. If " "SSSD is used with an older version of MIT Kerberos, using this option is a " "configuration error." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:453 sssd-ad.5.xml:835 msgid "krb5_confd_path (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:456 sssd-ad.5.xml:838 msgid "" "Absolute path of a directory where SSSD should place Kerberos configuration " "snippets." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:460 sssd-ad.5.xml:842 msgid "" "To disable the creation of the configuration snippets set the parameter to " "'none'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:464 sssd-ad.5.xml:846 msgid "" "Default: not set (krb5.include.d subdirectory of SSSD's pubconf directory)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:471 msgid "ipa_hbac_refresh (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:474 msgid "" "The amount of time between lookups of the HBAC rules against the IPA server. " "This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are many " "access-control requests made in a short period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:481 sssd-ipa.5.xml:497 sssd-ad.5.xml:347 msgid "Default: 5 (seconds)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:487 msgid "ipa_hbac_selinux (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:490 msgid "" "The amount of time between lookups of the SELinux maps against the IPA " "server. This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are " "many user login requests made in a short period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:503 msgid "ipa_server_mode (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:506 msgid "This option should only be set by the IPA installer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:510 msgid "" "The option denotes that the SSSD is running on IPA server and should perform " "lookups of users and groups from trusted domains differently." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:521 msgid "ipa_automount_location (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:524 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:527 msgid "Default: The location named \"default\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:535 msgid "VIEWS AND OVERRIDES" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:544 msgid "ipa_view_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:547 msgid "Objectclass of the view container." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:550 msgid "Default: nsContainer" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:556 msgid "ipa_view_name (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:559 msgid "Name of the attribute holding the name of the view." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:569 msgid "ipa_overide_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:572 msgid "Objectclass of the override objects." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:575 msgid "Default: ipaOverrideAnchor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:581 msgid "ipa_anchor_uuid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:584 msgid "" "Name of the attribute containing the reference to the original object in a " "remote domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:588 msgid "Default: ipaAnchorUUID" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:594 msgid "ipa_user_override_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:597 msgid "" "Name of the objectclass for user overrides. It is used to determine if the " "found override object is related to a user or a group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:602 msgid "User overrides can contain attributes given by" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:605 msgid "ldap_user_name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:608 msgid "ldap_user_uid_number" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:611 msgid "ldap_user_gid_number" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:614 msgid "ldap_user_gecos" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:617 msgid "ldap_user_home_directory" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:620 msgid "ldap_user_shell" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:623 msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:628 msgid "Default: ipaUserOverride" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:634 msgid "ipa_group_override_object_class (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:637 msgid "" "Name of the objectclass for group overrides. It is used to determine if the " "found override object is related to a user or a group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:642 msgid "Group overrides can contain attributes given by" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:645 msgid "ldap_group_name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:648 msgid "ldap_group_gid_number" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:653 msgid "Default: ipaGroupOverride" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:537 msgid "" "SSSD can handle views and overrides which are offered by FreeIPA 4.1 and " "later version. Since all paths and objectclasses are fixed on the server " "side there is basically no need to configure anything. For completeness the " "related options are listed here with their default values. <placeholder " "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:663 msgid "SUBDOMAINS PROVIDER" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:665 msgid "" "The IPA subdomains provider behaves slightly differently if it is configured " "explicitly or implicitly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:669 msgid "" "If the option 'subdomains_provider = ipa' is found in the domain section of " "sssd.conf, the IPA subdomains provider is configured explicitly, and all " "subdomain requests are sent to the IPA server if necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:675 msgid "" "If the option 'subdomains_provider' is not set in the domain section of sssd." "conf but there is the option 'id_provider = ipa', the IPA subdomains " "provider is configured implicitly. In this case, if a subdomain request " "fails and indicates that the server does not support subdomains, i.e. is not " "configured for trusts, the IPA subdomains provider is disabled. After an " "hour or after the IPA provider goes online, the subdomains provider is " "enabled again." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:692 msgid "" "The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example." "com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. " "This examples shows only the ipa provider-specific options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[domain/example.com]\n" "id_provider = ipa\n" "ipa_server = ipaserver.example.com\n" "ipa_hostname = myhost.example.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:10 sssd-ad.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-ad" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:17 msgid "SSSD Active Directory provider" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:23 msgid "" "This manual page describes the configuration of the AD provider for " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE " "FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:36 msgid "" "The AD provider is a back end used to connect to an Active Directory server. " "This provider requires that the machine be joined to the AD domain and a " "keytab is available." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:41 msgid "" "The AD provider supports connecting to Active Directory 2008 R2 or later. " "Earlier versions may work, but are unsupported." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:45 msgid "" "The AD provider is able to provide identity information and authentication " "for entities from trusted domains as well. Currently only trusted domains in " "the same forest are recognized." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:50 msgid "" "The AD provider accepts the same options used by the <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> identity provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-" "krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication " "provider with some exceptions described below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:62 msgid "" "However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these options. The " "AD provider can also be used as an access, chpass and sudo provider. No " "configuration of the access provider is required on the client side." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:74 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ldap_id_mapping = False\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:68 msgid "" "By default, the AD provider will map UID and GID values from the objectSID " "parameter in Active Directory. For details on this, see the <quote>ID " "MAPPING</quote> section below. If you want to disable ID mapping and instead " "rely on POSIX attributes defined in Active Directory, you should set " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> In order to retrieve users " "and groups using POSIX attributes from trusted domains, the AD administrator " "must make sure that the POSIX attributes are replicated to the Global " "Catalog." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:81 msgid "" "Users, groups and other entities served by SSSD are always treated as case-" "insensitive in the AD provider for compatibility with Active Directory's " "LDAP implementation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:96 msgid "ad_domain (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:99 msgid "" "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain. This is optional. If not " "provided, the configuration domain name is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:104 msgid "" "For proper operation, this option should be specified as the lower-case " "version of the long version of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:109 msgid "" "The short domain name (also known as the NetBIOS or the flat name) is " "autodetected by the SSSD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:116 msgid "ad_server, ad_backup_server (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:119 msgid "" "The comma-separated list of hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should " "connect in order of preference. For more information on failover and server " "redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. This is optional if " "autodiscovery is enabled. For more information on service discovery, refer " "to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:132 msgid "ad_hostname (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:135 msgid "" "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " "fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " "host." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:141 msgid "" "This field is used to determine the host principal in use in the keytab. It " "must match the hostname for which the keytab was issued." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:149 msgid "ad_enable_dns_sites (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:156 msgid "" "If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom " "of the man page) is enabled, the SSSD will first attempt to discover the " "Active Directory server to connect to using the Active Directory Site " "Discovery and fall back to the DNS SRV records if no AD site is found. The " "DNS SRV configuration, including the discovery domain, is used during site " "discovery as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:172 msgid "ad_access_filter (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:175 msgid "" "This option specifies LDAP access control filter that the user must match in " "order to be allowed access. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</" "quote> option must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this " "option to have an effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:183 msgid "" "The option also supports specifying different filters per domain or forest. " "This extended filter would consist of: <quote>KEYWORD:NAME:FILTER</quote>. " "The keyword can be either <quote>DOM</quote>, <quote>FOREST</quote> or " "missing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:191 msgid "" "If the keyword equals to <quote>DOM</quote> or is missing, then <quote>NAME</" "quote> specifies the domain or subdomain the filter applies to. If the " "keyword equals to <quote>FOREST</quote>, then the filter equals to all " "domains from the forest specified by <quote>NAME</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:199 msgid "" "Multiple filters can be separated with the <quote>?</quote> character, " "similarly to how search bases work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:204 msgid "" "The most specific match is always used. For example, if the option specified " "filter for a domain the user is a member of and a global filter, the per-" "domain filter would be applied. If there are more matches with the same " "specification, the first one is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# apply filter on domain called dom1 only:\n" "dom1:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom1,dc=com)\n" "\n" "# apply filter on domain called dom2 only:\n" "DOM:dom2:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom2,dc=com)\n" "\n" "# apply filter on forest called EXAMPLE.COM only:\n" "FOREST:EXAMPLE.COM:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com)\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:225 sssd-ad.5.xml:239 msgid "Default: Not set" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:231 msgid "ad_site (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:234 msgid "" "Specify AD site to which client should try to connect. If this option is " "not provided, the AD site will be auto-discovered." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:245 msgid "ad_enable_gc (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:248 msgid "" "By default, the SSSD connects to the Global Catalog first to retrieve users " "from trusted domains and uses the LDAP port to retrieve group memberships or " "as a fallback. Disabling this option makes the SSSD only connect to the LDAP " "port of the current AD server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:256 msgid "" "Please note that disabling Global Catalog support does not disable " "retrieving users from trusted domains. The SSSD would connect to the LDAP " "port of trusted domains instead. However, Global Catalog must be used in " "order to resolve cross-domain group memberships." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:270 msgid "ad_gpo_access_control (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:273 msgid "" "This option specifies the operation mode for GPO-based access control " "functionality: whether it operates in disabled mode, enforcing mode, or " "permissive mode. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</quote> option " "must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this option to have " "an effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:282 msgid "" "GPO-based access control functionality uses GPO policy settings to determine " "whether or not a particular user is allowed to logon to a particular host." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:288 msgid "" "NOTE: If the operation mode is set to enforcing, it is possible that users " "that were previously allowed logon access will now be denied logon access " "(as dictated by the GPO policy settings). In order to facilitate a smooth " "transition for administrators, a permissive mode is available that will not " "enforce the access control rules, but will evaluate them and will output a " "syslog message if access would have been denied. By examining the logs, " "administrators can then make the necessary changes before setting the mode " "to enforcing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:301 msgid "There are three supported values for this option:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:305 msgid "" "disabled: GPO-based access control rules are neither evaluated nor enforced." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:311 msgid "enforcing: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated and enforced." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:317 msgid "" "permissive: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated, but not enforced. " "Instead, a syslog message will be emitted indicating that the user would " "have been denied access if this option's value were set to enforcing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:328 msgid "Default: permissive" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:331 msgid "Default: enforcing" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:337 msgid "ad_gpo_cache_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:340 msgid "" "The amount of time between lookups of GPO policy files against the AD " "server. This will reduce the latency and load on the AD server if there are " "many access-control requests made in a short period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:353 msgid "ad_gpo_map_interactive (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:356 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access " "control is evaluated based on the InteractiveLogonRight and " "DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:362 msgid "" "Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow " "log on locally\" and \"Deny log on locally\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_interactive = +my_pam_service, -login\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:367 msgid "" "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using " "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from " "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in " "order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. " "<quote>login</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. " "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:380 sssd-ad.5.xml:451 sssd-ad.5.xml:492 sssd-ad.5.xml:537 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:603 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:384 msgid "login" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:389 msgid "su" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:394 msgid "su-l" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:399 msgid "gdm-fingerprint" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:404 msgid "gdm-password" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:409 msgid "gdm-smartcard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:414 msgid "kdm" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:423 msgid "ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:426 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access " "control is evaluated based on the RemoteInteractiveLogonRight and " "DenyRemoteInteractiveLogonRight policy settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:432 msgid "" "Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow " "log on through Remote Desktop Services\" and \"Deny log on through Remote " "Desktop Services\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive = +my_pam_service, -sshd\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:438 msgid "" "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using " "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from " "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in " "order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. " "<quote>sshd</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. " "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:455 msgid "sshd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:464 msgid "ad_gpo_map_network (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:467 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access " "control is evaluated based on the NetworkLogonRight and " "DenyNetworkLogonRight policy settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:473 msgid "" "Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Access " "this computer from the network\" and \"Deny access to this computer from the " "network\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_network = +my_pam_service, -ftp\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:479 msgid "" "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using " "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from " "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in " "order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. " "<quote>ftp</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. " "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:496 msgid "ftp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:501 msgid "samba" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:510 msgid "ad_gpo_map_batch (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:513 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access " "control is evaluated based on the BatchLogonRight and DenyBatchLogonRight " "policy settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:519 msgid "" "Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow " "log on as a batch job\" and \"Deny log on as a batch job\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_batch = +my_pam_service, -crond\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:524 msgid "" "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using " "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from " "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in " "order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. " "<quote>crond</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. " "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:541 msgid "crond" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:550 msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:553 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access " "control is evaluated based on the ServiceLogonRight and " "DenyServiceLogonRight policy settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:559 msgid "" "Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow " "log on as a service\" and \"Deny log on as a service\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:572 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_service = +my_pam_service\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:564 sssd-ad.5.xml:634 msgid "" "It is possible to add a PAM service name to the default set by using <quote>" "+service_name</quote>. Since the default set is empty, it is not possible " "to remove a PAM service name from the default set. For example, in order to " "add a custom pam service name (e.g. <quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you " "would use the following configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:582 msgid "ad_gpo_map_permit (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:585 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is " "always granted, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:599 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_permit = +my_pam_service, -sudo\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:590 msgid "" "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using " "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from " "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in " "order to replace a default PAM service name for unconditionally permitted " "access (e.g. <quote>sudo</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. " "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:607 msgid "sudo" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:612 msgid "sudo-i" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:617 msgid "systemd-user" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:626 msgid "ad_gpo_map_deny (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:629 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is " "always denied, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:642 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ad_gpo_map_deny = +my_pam_service\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:652 msgid "ad_gpo_default_right (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:655 msgid "" "This option defines how access control is evaluated for PAM service names " "that are not explicitly listed in one of the ad_gpo_map_* options. This " "option can be set in two different manners. First, this option can be set to " "use a default logon right. For example, if this option is set to " "'interactive', it means that unmapped PAM service names will be processed " "based on the InteractiveLogonRight and DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy " "settings. Alternatively, this option can be set to either always permit or " "always deny access for unmapped PAM service names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:668 msgid "Supported values for this option include:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:672 msgid "interactive" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:677 msgid "remote_interactive" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:682 msgid "network" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:687 msgid "batch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:692 msgid "service" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:697 msgid "permit" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:702 msgid "deny" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:708 msgid "Default: deny" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:717 msgid "" "Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the Active " "Directory DNS server with the IP address of this client. The update is " "secured using GSS-TSIG. As a consequence, the Active Directory administrator " "only needs to allow secure updates for the DNS zone. The IP address of the " "AD LDAP connection is used for the updates, if it is not otherwise specified " "by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</quote> option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:747 msgid "Default: 3600 (seconds)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:764 msgid "Default: Use the IP address of the AD LDAP connection" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:794 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76 msgid "Default: True" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:816 sssd-krb5.5.xml:505 msgid "krb5_use_enterprise_principal (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:819 sssd-krb5.5.xml:508 msgid "" "Specifies if the user principal should be treated as enterprise principal. " "See section 5 of RFC 6806 for more details about enterprise principals." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:864 msgid "" "The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example." "com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. " "This example shows only the AD provider-specific options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:871 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[domain/EXAMPLE]\n" "id_provider = ad\n" "auth_provider = ad\n" "access_provider = ad\n" "chpass_provider = ad\n" "\n" "ad_server = dc1.example.com\n" "ad_hostname = client.example.com\n" "ad_domain = example.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:891 #, no-wrap msgid "" "access_provider = ldap\n" "ldap_access_order = expire\n" "ldap_account_expire_policy = ad\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:887 msgid "" "The AD access control provider checks if the account is expired. It has the " "same effect as the following configuration of the LDAP provider: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ad.5.xml:897 msgid "" "However, unless the <quote>ad</quote> access control provider is explicitly " "configured, the default access provider is <quote>permit</quote>. Please " "note that if you configure an access provider other than <quote>ad</quote>, " "you need to set all the connection parameters (such as LDAP URIs and " "encryption details) manually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:10 sssd-sudo.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-sudo" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:17 msgid "Configuring sudo with the SSSD back end" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:23 msgid "" "This manual page describes how to configure <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> " "to work with <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> and how SSSD caches sudo rules." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:36 msgid "Configuring sudo to cooperate with SSSD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:38 msgid "" "To enable SSSD as a source for sudo rules, add <emphasis>sss</emphasis> to " "the <emphasis>sudoers</emphasis> entry in <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>nsswitch.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:47 msgid "" "For example, to configure sudo to first lookup rules in the standard " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudoers</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> file (which should contain rules that apply to " "local users) and then in SSSD, the nsswitch.conf file should contain the " "following line:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:57 #, no-wrap msgid "sudoers: files sss\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:61 msgid "" "More information about configuring the sudoers search order from the " "nsswitch.conf file as well as information about the LDAP schema that is used " "to store sudo rules in the directory can be found in <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:70 msgid "" "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: in order to use netgroups or IPA hostgroups in " "sudo rules, you also need to correctly set <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>nisdomainname</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> to your NIS domain name (which equals to IPA domain name when " "using hostgroups)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:82 msgid "Configuring SSSD to fetch sudo rules" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:84 msgid "" "All configuration that is needed on SSSD side is to extend the list of " "<emphasis>services</emphasis> with \"sudo\" in [sssd] section of " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>. To speed up the LDAP lookups, you can also set " "search base for sudo rules using <emphasis>ldap_sudo_search_base</emphasis> " "option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:94 msgid "" "The following example shows how to configure SSSD to download sudo rules " "from an LDAP server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:99 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sssd]\n" "config_file_version = 2\n" "services = nss, pam, sudo\n" "domains = EXAMPLE\n" "\n" "[domain/EXAMPLE]\n" "id_provider = ldap\n" "sudo_provider = ldap\n" "ldap_uri = ldap://example.com\n" "ldap_sudo_search_base = ou=sudoers,dc=example,dc=com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:112 msgid "" "When the SSSD is configured to use IPA as the ID provider, the sudo provider " "is automatically enabled. The sudo search base is configured to use the " "compat tree (ou=sudoers,$DC)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:119 msgid "The SUDO rule caching mechanism" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:121 msgid "" "The biggest challenge, when developing sudo support in SSSD, was to ensure " "that running sudo with SSSD as the data source provides the same user " "experience and is as fast as sudo but keeps providing the most current set " "of rules as possible. To satisfy these requirements, SSSD uses three kinds " "of updates. They are referred to as full refresh, smart refresh and rules " "refresh." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:129 msgid "" "The <emphasis>smart refresh</emphasis> periodically downloads rules that are " "new or were modified after the last update. Its primary goal is to keep the " "database growing by fetching only small increments that do not generate " "large amounts of network traffic." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:135 msgid "" "The <emphasis>full refresh</emphasis> simply deletes all sudo rules stored " "in the cache and replaces them with all rules that are stored on the server. " "This is used to keep the cache consistent by removing every rule which was " "deleted from the server. However, full refresh may produce a lot of traffic " "and thus it should be run only occasionally depending on the size and " "stability of the sudo rules." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:143 msgid "" "The <emphasis>rules refresh</emphasis> ensures that we do not grant the user " "more permission than defined. It is triggered each time the user runs sudo. " "Rules refresh will find all rules that apply to this user, check their " "expiration time and redownload them if expired. In the case that any of " "these rules are missing on the server, the SSSD will do an out of band full " "refresh because more rules (that apply to other users) may have been deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:152 msgid "" "If enabled, SSSD will store only rules that can be applied to this machine. " "This means rules that contain one of the following values in " "<emphasis>sudoHost</emphasis> attribute:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:159 msgid "keyword ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:164 msgid "wildcard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:169 msgid "netgroup (in the form \"+netgroup\")" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:174 msgid "hostname or fully qualified domain name of this machine" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:179 msgid "one of the IP addresses of this machine" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:184 msgid "one of the IP addresses of the network (in the form \"address/mask\")" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-sudo.5.xml:190 msgid "" "There are many configuration options that can be used to adjust the " "behavior. Please refer to \"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> and \"sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd.8.xml:10 sssd.8.xml:15 msgid "sssd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd.8.xml:16 msgid "System Security Services Daemon" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sssd.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.8.xml:31 msgid "" "<command>SSSD</command> provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote " "directories and authentication mechanisms. It provides an NSS and PAM " "interface toward the system and a pluggable backend system to connect to " "multiple different account sources as well as D-Bus interface. It is also " "the basis to provide client auditing and policy services for projects like " "FreeIPA. It provides a more robust database to store local users as well as " "extended user data." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:46 msgid "" "<option>-d</option>,<option>--debug-level</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:53 msgid "<option>--debug-timestamps=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:57 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:60 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable timestamp in the debug messages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:69 msgid "<option>--debug-microseconds=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:73 msgid "" "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:76 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable microseconds in timestamp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:85 msgid "<option>-f</option>,<option>--debug-to-files</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:89 msgid "" "Send the debug output to files instead of stderr. By default, the log files " "are stored in <filename>/var/log/sssd</filename> and there are separate log " "files for every SSSD service and domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:97 msgid "<option>-D</option>,<option>--daemon</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:101 msgid "Become a daemon after starting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:107 sss_seed.8.xml:136 msgid "<option>-i</option>,<option>--interactive</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:111 msgid "Run in the foreground, don't become a daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:117 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:42 msgid "<option>-c</option>,<option>--config</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:121 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:46 msgid "" "Specify a non-default config file. The default is <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd." "conf</filename>. For reference on the config file syntax and options, " "consult the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:135 msgid "<option>--version</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:139 msgid "Print version number and exit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sssd.8.xml:147 msgid "Signals" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:150 msgid "SIGTERM/SIGINT" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:153 msgid "" "Informs the SSSD to gracefully terminate all of its child processes and then " "shut down the monitor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:159 msgid "SIGHUP" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:162 msgid "" "Tells the SSSD to stop writing to its current debug file descriptors and to " "close and reopen them. This is meant to facilitate log rolling with programs " "like logrotate." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:170 msgid "SIGUSR1" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:173 msgid "" "Tells the SSSD to simulate offline operation for the duration of the " "<quote>offline_timeout</quote> parameter. This is useful for testing. The " "signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process " "directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd.8.xml:182 msgid "SIGUSR2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd.8.xml:185 msgid "" "Tells the SSSD to go online immediately. This is useful for testing. The " "signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process " "directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd.8.xml:197 msgid "" "If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", client " "applications will not use the fast in memory cache." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:10 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_obfuscate" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:16 msgid "obfuscate a clear text password" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_obfuscate</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>[PASSWORD]</" "replaceable></arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_obfuscate</command> converts a given password into human-" "unreadable format and places it into appropriate domain section of the SSSD " "config file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:37 msgid "" "The cleartext password is read from standard input or entered " "interactively. The obfuscated password is put into " "<quote>ldap_default_authtok</quote> parameter of a given SSSD domain and the " "<quote>ldap_default_authtok_type</quote> parameter is set to " "<quote>obfuscated_password</quote>. Refer to <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> for more details on these parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:49 msgid "" "Please note that obfuscating the password provides <emphasis>no real " "security benefit</emphasis> as it is still possible for an attacker to " "reverse-engineer the password back. Using better authentication mechanisms " "such as client side certificates or GSSAPI is <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> " "advised." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:63 msgid "<option>-s</option>,<option>--stdin</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:67 msgid "The password to obfuscate will be read from standard input." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:74 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:80 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:78 msgid "" "<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:79 msgid "" "The SSSD domain to use the password in. The default name is <quote>default</" "quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:86 msgid "" "<option>-f</option>,<option>--file</option> <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:91 msgid "Read the config file specified by the positional parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:95 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:10 sss_useradd.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_useradd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:16 msgid "create a new user" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_useradd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_useradd</command> creates a new user account using the values " "specified on the command line plus the default values from the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:43 sss_seed.8.xml:76 msgid "" "<option>-u</option>,<option>--uid</option> <replaceable>UID</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:48 msgid "" "Set the UID of the user to the value of <replaceable>UID</replaceable>. If " "not given, it is chosen automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:55 sss_usermod.8.xml:43 sss_seed.8.xml:100 msgid "" "<option>-c</option>,<option>--gecos</option> <replaceable>COMMENT</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:60 sss_usermod.8.xml:48 sss_seed.8.xml:105 msgid "" "Any text string describing the user. Often used as the field for the user's " "full name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:67 sss_usermod.8.xml:55 sss_seed.8.xml:112 msgid "" "<option>-h</option>,<option>--home</option> <replaceable>HOME_DIR</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:72 msgid "" "The home directory of the user account. The default is to append the " "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> name to <filename>/home</filename> and use " "that as the home directory. The base that is prepended before " "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> is tunable with <quote>user_defaults/" "baseDirectory</quote> setting in sssd.conf." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:82 sss_usermod.8.xml:66 sss_seed.8.xml:124 msgid "" "<option>-s</option>,<option>--shell</option> <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:87 msgid "" "The user's login shell. The default is currently <filename>/bin/bash</" "filename>. The default can be changed with <quote>user_defaults/" "defaultShell</quote> setting in sssd.conf." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:96 msgid "" "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:101 msgid "A list of existing groups this user is also a member of." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:107 msgid "<option>-m</option>,<option>--create-home</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:111 msgid "" "Create the user's home directory if it does not exist. The files and " "directories contained in the skeleton directory (which can be defined with " "the -k option or in the config file) will be copied to the home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:121 msgid "<option>-M</option>,<option>--no-create-home</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:125 msgid "" "Do not create the user's home directory. Overrides configuration settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:132 msgid "" "<option>-k</option>,<option>--skel</option> <replaceable>SKELDIR</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:137 msgid "" "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " "<command>sss_useradd</command>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:143 msgid "" "Special files (block devices, character devices, named pipes and unix " "sockets) will not be copied." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:147 msgid "" "This option is only valid if the <option>-m</option> (or <option>--create-" "home</option>) option is specified, or creation of home directories is set " "to TRUE in the configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:156 sss_usermod.8.xml:124 msgid "" "<option>-Z</option>,<option>--selinux-user</option> " "<replaceable>SELINUX_USER</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_useradd.8.xml:161 msgid "" "The SELinux user for the user's login. If not specified, the system default " "will be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:10 sssd-krb5.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-krb5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:17 msgid "SSSD Kerberos provider" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:23 msgid "" "This manual page describes the configuration of the Kerberos 5 " "authentication backend for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. For a detailed " "syntax reference, please refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of " "the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:36 msgid "" "The Kerberos 5 authentication backend contains auth and chpass providers. It " "must be paired with an identity provider in order to function properly (for " "example, id_provider = ldap). Some information required by the Kerberos 5 " "authentication backend must be provided by the identity provider, such as " "the user's Kerberos Principal Name (UPN). The configuration of the identity " "provider should have an entry to specify the UPN. Please refer to the man " "page for the applicable identity provider for details on how to configure " "this." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:47 msgid "" "This backend also provides access control based on the .k5login file in the " "home directory of the user. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>.k5login</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more details. " "Please note that an empty .k5login file will deny all access to this user. " "To activate this feature, use 'access_provider = krb5' in your SSSD " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:55 msgid "" "In the case where the UPN is not available in the identity backend, " "<command>sssd</command> will construct a UPN using the format " "<replaceable>username</replaceable>@<replaceable>krb5_realm</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:77 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference. " "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the " "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a " "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames. If empty, service " "discovery is enabled; for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE " "DISCOVERY</quote> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:106 msgid "" "The name of the Kerberos realm. This option is required and must be " "specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:113 msgid "krb5_kpasswd, krb5_backup_kpasswd (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:116 msgid "" "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " "servers can be defined here. An optional port number (preceded by a colon) " "may be appended to the addresses or hostnames." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:122 msgid "" "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the " "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. NOTE: Even if there are no more kpasswd " "servers to try, the backend is not switched to operate offline if " "authentication against the KDC is still possible." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:129 msgid "Default: Use the KDC" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:135 msgid "krb5_ccachedir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:138 msgid "" "Directory to store credential caches. All the substitution sequences of " "krb5_ccname_template can be used here, too, except %d and %P. The directory " "is created as private and owned by the user, with permissions set to 0700." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:145 msgid "Default: /tmp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:151 msgid "krb5_ccname_template (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:165 include/override_homedir.xml:11 msgid "%u" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:166 include/override_homedir.xml:12 msgid "login name" msgstr "Номи логин" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:169 include/override_homedir.xml:15 msgid "%U" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:170 msgid "login UID" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:173 msgid "%p" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:174 msgid "principal name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:178 msgid "%r" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:179 msgid "realm name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:182 msgid "%h" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:183 sssd-ifp.5.xml:108 msgid "home directory" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:187 include/override_homedir.xml:19 msgid "%d" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:188 msgid "value of krb5_ccachedir" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:193 include/override_homedir.xml:27 msgid "%P" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:194 msgid "the process ID of the SSSD client" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:199 include/override_homedir.xml:45 msgid "%%" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:200 include/override_homedir.xml:46 msgid "a literal '%'" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:154 msgid "" "Location of the user's credential cache. Three credential cache types are " "currently supported: <quote>FILE</quote>, <quote>DIR</quote> and " "<quote>KEYRING:persistent</quote>. The cache can be specified either as " "<replaceable>TYPE:RESIDUAL</replaceable>, or as an absolute path, which " "implies the <quote>FILE</quote> type. In the template, the following " "sequences are substituted: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> If " "the template ends with 'XXXXXX' mkstemp(3) is used to create a unique " "filename in a safe way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:208 msgid "" "When using KEYRING types, the only supported mechanism is <quote>KEYRING:" "persistent:%U</quote>, which uses the Linux kernel keyring to store " "credentials on a per-UID basis. This is also the recommended choice, as it " "is the most secure and predictable method." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:216 msgid "" "The default value for the credential cache name is sourced from the profile " "stored in the system wide krb5.conf configuration file in the [libdefaults] " "section. The option name is default_ccache_name. See krb5.conf(5)'s " "PARAMETER EXPANSION paragraph for additional information on the expansion " "format defined by krb5.conf." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:225 msgid "" "NOTE: Please be aware that libkrb5 ccache expansion template from " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> uses different expansion sequences than SSSD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:234 msgid "Default: (from libkrb5)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:240 msgid "krb5_auth_timeout (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:243 msgid "" "Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " "request is aborted. If possible, the authentication request is continued " "offline." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:257 msgid "" "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " "spoofed. The keytab is checked for entries sequentially, and the first entry " "with a matching realm is used for validation. If no entry matches the realm, " "the last entry in the keytab is used. This process can be used to validate " "environments using cross-realm trust by placing the appropriate keytab entry " "as the last entry or the only entry in the keytab file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:272 msgid "krb5_keytab (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:275 msgid "" "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " "KDCs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:279 msgid "Default: /etc/krb5.keytab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:285 msgid "krb5_store_password_if_offline (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:288 msgid "" "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " "request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:293 msgid "" "NOTE: this feature is only available on Linux. Passwords stored in this way " "are kept in plaintext in the kernel keyring and are potentially accessible " "by the root user (with difficulty)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:306 msgid "krb5_renewable_lifetime (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:309 msgid "" "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " "immediately followed by a time unit:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:314 sssd-krb5.5.xml:348 sssd-krb5.5.xml:385 msgid "<emphasis>s</emphasis> for seconds" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:317 sssd-krb5.5.xml:351 sssd-krb5.5.xml:388 msgid "<emphasis>m</emphasis> for minutes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:320 sssd-krb5.5.xml:354 sssd-krb5.5.xml:391 msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> for hours" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:323 sssd-krb5.5.xml:357 sssd-krb5.5.xml:394 msgid "<emphasis>d</emphasis> for days." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:326 sssd-krb5.5.xml:397 msgid "If there is no unit given, <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:330 sssd-krb5.5.xml:401 msgid "" "NOTE: It is not possible to mix units. To set the renewable lifetime to one " "and a half hours, use '90m' instead of '1h30m'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:335 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. the TGT is not renewable" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:341 msgid "krb5_lifetime (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:344 msgid "" "Request ticket with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by " "a time unit:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:360 msgid "If there is no unit given <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:364 msgid "" "NOTE: It is not possible to mix units. To set the lifetime to one and a " "half hours please use '90m' instead of '1h30m'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:369 msgid "" "Default: not set, i.e. the default ticket lifetime configured on the KDC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:376 msgid "krb5_renew_interval (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:379 msgid "" "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed. TGTs " "are renewed if about half of their lifetime is exceeded, given as an integer " "immediately followed by a time unit:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:406 msgid "If this option is not set or is 0 the automatic renewal is disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:424 msgid "" "<emphasis>never</emphasis> use FAST. This is equivalent to not setting this " "option at all." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:428 msgid "" "<emphasis>try</emphasis> to use FAST. If the server does not support FAST, " "continue the authentication without it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:438 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. FAST is not used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:441 msgid "NOTE: a keytab is required to use FAST." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:453 msgid "krb5_fast_principal (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:456 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:465 msgid "" "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized. This " "feature is available with MIT Kerberos 1.7 and later versions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:514 msgid "Default: false (AD provider: true)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:520 msgid "krb5_map_user (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:523 msgid "" "The list of mappings is given as a comma-separated list of pairs " "<quote>username:primary</quote> where <quote>username</quote> is a UNIX user " "name and <quote>primary</quote> is a user part of a kerberos principal. This " "mapping is used when user is authenticating using <quote>auth_provider = " "krb5</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "krb5_realm = REALM\n" "krb5_map_user = joe:juser,dick:richard\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:540 msgid "" "<quote>joe</quote> and <quote>dick</quote> are UNIX user names and " "<quote>juser</quote> and <quote>richard</quote> are primaries of kerberos " "principals. For user <quote>joe</quote> resp. <quote>dick</quote> SSSD will " "try to kinit as <quote>juser@REALM</quote> resp. <quote>richard@REALM</" "quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:65 msgid "" "If the auth-module krb5 is used in an SSSD domain, the following options " "must be used. See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page, section " "<quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote>, for details on the configuration of an SSSD " "domain. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:566 msgid "" "The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and FOO is " "one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. This " "example shows only configuration of Kerberos authentication; it does not " "include any identity provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:574 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[domain/FOO]\n" "auth_provider = krb5\n" "krb5_server = 192.168.1.1\n" "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:10 sss_groupadd.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_groupadd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:16 msgid "create a new group" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupadd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupadd</command> creates a new group. These groups are " "compatible with POSIX groups, with the additional feature that they can " "contain other groups as members." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:43 sss_seed.8.xml:88 msgid "" "<option>-g</option>,<option>--gid</option> <replaceable>GID</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_groupadd.8.xml:48 msgid "" "Set the GID of the group to the value of <replaceable>GID</replaceable>. If " "not given, it is chosen automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:10 sss_userdel.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_userdel" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:16 msgid "delete a user account" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_userdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_userdel</command> deletes a user identified by login name " "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> from the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:44 msgid "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:48 msgid "" "Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with the home " "directory itself and the user's mail spool. Overrides the configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:56 msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--no-remove</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:60 msgid "" "Files in the user's home directory will NOT be removed along with the home " "directory itself and the user's mail spool. Overrides the configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:68 msgid "<option>-f</option>,<option>--force</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:72 msgid "" "This option forces <command>sss_userdel</command> to remove the user's home " "directory and mail spool, even if they are not owned by the specified user." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:80 msgid "<option>-k</option>,<option>--kick</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_userdel.8.xml:84 msgid "Before actually deleting the user, terminate all his processes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:10 sss_groupdel.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_groupdel" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:16 msgid "delete a group" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupdel</command> deletes a group identified by its name " "<replaceable>GROUP</replaceable> from the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:10 sss_groupshow.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_groupshow" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:16 msgid "print properties of a group" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupshow</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_groupshow</command> displays information about a group " "identified by its name <replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>. The information " "includes the group ID number, members of the group and the parent group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:43 msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--recursive</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_groupshow.8.xml:47 msgid "" "Also print indirect group members in a tree-like hierarchy. Note that this " "also affects printing parent groups - without <option>R</option>, only the " "direct parent will be printed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:10 sss_usermod.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_usermod" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:16 msgid "modify a user account" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_usermod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_usermod</command> modifies the account specified by " "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> to reflect the changes that are specified " "on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:60 msgid "The home directory of the user account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:71 msgid "The user's login shell." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:82 msgid "" "Append this user to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable> parameter. The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is " "a comma separated list of group names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:96 msgid "" "Remove this user from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</" "replaceable> parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:103 msgid "<option>-l</option>,<option>--lock</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:107 msgid "Lock the user account. The user won't be able to log in." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:114 msgid "<option>-u</option>,<option>--unlock</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:118 msgid "Unlock the user account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:129 msgid "The SELinux user for the user's login." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:135 msgid "<option>--addattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:140 msgid "Add an attribute/value pair. The format is attrname=value." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:147 msgid "<option>--setattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:152 msgid "" "Set an attribute to a name/value pair. The format is attrname=value. For " "multi-valued attributes, the command replaces the values already present" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:160 msgid "<option>--delattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_usermod.8.xml:165 msgid "Delete an attribute/value pair. The format is attrname=value." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_cache.8.xml:10 sss_cache.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_cache" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_cache.8.xml:16 msgid "perform cache cleanup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_cache.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_cache</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:31 msgid "" "<command>sss_cache</command> invalidates records in SSSD cache. Invalidated " "records are forced to be reloaded from server as soon as related SSSD " "backend is online." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:42 msgid "<option>-E</option>,<option>--everything</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:46 msgid "Invalidate all cached entries except for sudo rules." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:52 msgid "" "<option>-u</option>,<option>--user</option> <replaceable>login</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:57 msgid "Invalidate specific user." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:63 msgid "<option>-U</option>,<option>--users</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:67 msgid "" "Invalidate all user records. This option overrides invalidation of specific " "user if it was also set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:74 msgid "" "<option>-g</option>,<option>--group</option> <replaceable>group</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:79 msgid "Invalidate specific group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:85 msgid "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:89 msgid "" "Invalidate all group records. This option overrides invalidation of specific " "group if it was also set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:96 msgid "" "<option>-n</option>,<option>--netgroup</option> <replaceable>netgroup</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:101 msgid "Invalidate specific netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:107 msgid "<option>-N</option>,<option>--netgroups</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:111 msgid "" "Invalidate all netgroup records. This option overrides invalidation of " "specific netgroup if it was also set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:118 msgid "" "<option>-s</option>,<option>--service</option> <replaceable>service</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:123 msgid "Invalidate specific service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:129 msgid "<option>-S</option>,<option>--services</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:133 msgid "" "Invalidate all service records. This option overrides invalidation of " "specific service if it was also set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:140 msgid "" "<option>-a</option>,<option>--autofs-map</option> <replaceable>autofs-map</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:145 msgid "Invalidate specific autofs maps." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:151 msgid "<option>-A</option>,<option>--autofs-maps</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:155 msgid "" "Invalidate all autofs maps. This option overrides invalidation of specific " "map if it was also set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:162 msgid "" "<option>-h</option>,<option>--ssh-host</option> <replaceable>hostname</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:167 msgid "Invalidate SSH public keys of a specific host." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:173 msgid "<option>-H</option>,<option>--ssh-hosts</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:177 msgid "" "Invalidate SSH public keys of all hosts. This option overrides invalidation " "of SSH public keys of specific host if it was also set." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_cache.8.xml:185 msgid "" "<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>domain</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_cache.8.xml:190 msgid "Restrict invalidation process only to a particular domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:10 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_debuglevel" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:16 msgid "change debug level while SSSD is running" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_debuglevel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</" "replaceable></arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_debuglevel</command> changes debug level of SSSD monitor and " "providers to <replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</replaceable> while SSSD is " "running." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:59 msgid "<replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_seed.8.xml:10 sss_seed.8.xml:15 msgid "sss_seed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_seed.8.xml:16 msgid "seed the SSSD cache with a user" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_seed.8.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_seed</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</" "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'>-D <replaceable>DOMAIN</" "replaceable></arg> <arg choice='plain'>-n <replaceable>USER</replaceable></" "arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:33 msgid "" "<command>sss_seed</command> seeds the SSSD cache with a user entry and " "temporary password. If a user entry is already present in the SSSD cache " "then the entry is updated with the temporary password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_seed.8.xml:46 msgid "" "<option>-D</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:51 msgid "" "Provide the name of the domain in which the user is a member of. The domain " "is also used to retrieve user information. The domain must be configured in " "sssd.conf. The <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable> option must be provided. " "Information retrieved from the domain overrides what is provided in the " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_seed.8.xml:63 msgid "" "<option>-n</option>,<option>--username</option> <replaceable>USER</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:68 msgid "" "The username of the entry to be created or modified in the cache. The " "<replaceable>USER</replaceable> option must be provided." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:81 msgid "Set the UID of the user to <replaceable>UID</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:93 msgid "Set the GID of the user to <replaceable>GID</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:117 msgid "" "Set the home directory of the user to <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:129 msgid "Set the login shell of the user to <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:140 msgid "" "Interactive mode for entering user information. This option will only prompt " "for information not provided in the options or retrieved from the domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_seed.8.xml:148 msgid "" "<option>-p</option>,<option>--password-file</option> <replaceable>PASS_FILE</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:153 msgid "" "Specify file to read user's password from. (if not specified password is " "prompted for)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_seed.8.xml:165 msgid "" "The length of the password (or the size of file specified with -p or --" "password-file option) must be less than or equal to PASS_MAX bytes (64 bytes " "on systems with no globally-defined PASS_MAX value)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:10 sssd-ifp.5.xml:16 msgid "sssd-ifp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:17 msgid "SSSD InfoPipe responder" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:23 msgid "" "This manual page describes the configuration of the InfoPipe responder for " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE " "FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:36 msgid "" "The InfoPipe responder provides a public D-Bus interface accessible over the " "system bus. The interface allows the user to query information about remote " "users and groups over the system bus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:46 msgid "These options can be used to configure the InfoPipe responder." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:53 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are " "allowed to access the InfoPipe responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at " "startup." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:59 msgid "" "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the InfoPipe responder)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:63 msgid "" "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be " "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to " "access the InfoPipe responder, which would be the typical case, you have to " "add 0 to the list of allowed UIDs as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:77 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of white or blacklisted attributes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:91 msgid "name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:92 msgid "user's login name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:95 msgid "uidNumber" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:96 msgid "user ID" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:99 msgid "gidNumber" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:100 msgid "primary group ID" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:103 msgid "gecos" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:104 msgid "user information, typically full name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:107 msgid "homeDirectory" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:111 msgid "loginShell" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:112 msgid "user shell" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:81 msgid "" "By default, the InfoPipe responder only allows the default set of POSIX " "attributes to be requested. This set is the same as returned by " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> and includes: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:125 #, no-wrap msgid "" "user_attributes = +telephoneNumber, -loginShell\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:117 msgid "" "It is possible to add another attribute to this set by using <quote>" "+attr_name</quote> or explicitly remove an attribute using <quote>-" "attr_name</quote>. For example, to allow <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> but " "deny <quote>loginShell</quote>, you would use the following configuration: " "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sssd-ifp.5.xml:129 msgid "Default: not set. Only the default set of POSIX attributes is allowed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refentryinfo> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:8 msgid "" "<productname>sss rpc.idmapd plugin</productname> <author> <firstname>Noam</" "firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> <affiliation> <orgname>Primary Data " "Inc.</orgname> </affiliation> <contrib>Developer (2013-2014)</contrib> </" "author> <author> <firstname>Noam</firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> " "<contrib>Developer (2014-)</contrib> <email>tsnoam@gmail.com</email> </" "author>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:26 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:32 msgid "sss_rpcidmapd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:33 msgid "sss plugin configuration directives for rpc.idmapd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:37 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:39 msgid "" "rpc.idmapd configuration file is usually found at <emphasis>/etc/idmapd." "conf</emphasis>. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</" "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:49 msgid "SSS CONFIGURATION EXTENSION" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:51 msgid "Enable SSS plugin" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:53 msgid "" "In section <quote>[Translation]</quote>, modify/set <quote>Method</quote> " "attribute to contain <emphasis>sss</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:59 msgid "[sss] config section" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:61 msgid "" "In order to change the default of one of the configuration attributes of the " "<emphasis>sss</emphasis> plugin listed below you will need to create a " "config section for it, named <quote>[sss]</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:67 msgid "Configuration attributes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:69 msgid "memcache (bool)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:72 msgid "Indicates whether or not to use memcache optimisation technique." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:85 msgid "SSSD INTEGRATION" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:87 msgid "" "The sss plugin requires the <emphasis>NSS Responder</emphasis> to be enabled " "in sssd." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:91 msgid "" "The attribute <quote>use_fully_qualified_names</quote> must be enabled on " "all domains (NFSv4 clients expect a fully qualified name to be sent on the " "wire)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[General]\n" "Verbosity = 2\n" "# domain must be synced between NFSv4 server and clients\n" "# Solaris/Illumos/AIX use \"localdomain\" as default!\n" "Domain = default\n" "\n" "[Mapping]\n" "Nobody-User = nfsnobody\n" "Nobody-Group = nfsnobody\n" "\n" "[Translation]\n" "Method = sss\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:100 msgid "" "The following example shows a minimal idmapd.conf which makes use of the sss " "plugin. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><title> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:120 include/seealso.xml:2 msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:122 msgid "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:10 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:15 msgid "sss_ssh_authorizedkeys" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:11 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:11 msgid "1" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:16 msgid "get OpenSSH authorized keys" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> <arg choice='opt'> " "<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>USER</replaceable></arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:32 msgid "" "<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> acquires SSH public keys for user " "<replaceable>USER</replaceable> and outputs them in OpenSSH authorized_keys " "format (see the <quote>AUTHORIZED_KEYS FILE FORMAT</quote> section of " "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></" "citerefentry> for more information)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:41 msgid "" "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></" "citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</" "command> for public key user authentication if it is compiled with support " "for either <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> or <quote>PubkeyAgent</" "quote> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:58 #, no-wrap msgid "" " AuthorizedKeysCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_authorizedkeys\n" " AuthorizedKeysCommandUser nobody\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:51 msgid "" "If <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> is supported, " "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></" "citerefentry> can be configured to use it by putting the following " "directives in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>: <placeholder type=\"programlisting" "\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:70 #, no-wrap msgid "PubKeyAgent /usr/bin/sss_ssh_authorizedkeys %u\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:63 msgid "" "If <quote>PubkeyAgent</quote> is supported, " "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></" "citerefentry> can be configured to use it by using the following directive " "for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting" "\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:85 msgid "" "Search for user public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:94 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:92 msgid "EXIT STATUS" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:96 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:94 msgid "" "In case of success, an exit value of 0 is returned. Otherwise, 1 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:10 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:15 msgid "sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:16 msgid "get OpenSSH host keys" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:21 msgid "" "<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> <arg choice='opt'> " "<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>HOST</replaceable></arg> <arg " "choice='opt'><replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable></arg>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:33 msgid "" "<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> acquires SSH host public keys for " "host <replaceable>HOST</replaceable>, stores them in a custom OpenSSH " "known_hosts file (see the <quote>SSH_KNOWN_HOSTS FILE FORMAT</quote> section " "of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information) <filename>/var/lib/sss/" "pubconf/known_hosts</filename> and estabilishes connection to the host." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:43 msgid "" "If <replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable> is specified, it is used to " "create the connection to the host instead of opening a socket." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:55 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ProxyCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy -p %p %h\n" "GlobalKnownHostsFile /var/lib/sss/pubconf/known_hosts\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:48 msgid "" "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></" "citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</" "command> for host key authentication by using the following directives for " "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></" "citerefentry> configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:66 msgid "" "<option>-p</option>,<option>--port</option> <replaceable>PORT</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:71 msgid "" "Use port <replaceable>PORT</replaceable> to connect to the host. By " "default, port 22 is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:83 msgid "" "Search for host public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><title> #: include/service_discovery.xml:2 msgid "SERVICE DISCOVERY" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/service_discovery.xml:4 msgid "" "The service discovery feature allows back ends to automatically find the " "appropriate servers to connect to using a special DNS query. This feature is " "not supported for backup servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/service_discovery.xml:9 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:99 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Ҷӯрсозӣ" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/service_discovery.xml:11 msgid "" "If no servers are specified, the back end automatically uses service " "discovery to try to find a server. Optionally, the user may choose to use " "both fixed server addresses and service discovery by inserting a special " "keyword, <quote>_srv_</quote>, in the list of servers. The order of " "preference is maintained. This feature is useful if, for example, the user " "prefers to use service discovery whenever possible, and fall back to a " "specific server when no servers can be discovered using DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/service_discovery.xml:23 msgid "The domain name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/service_discovery.xml:25 msgid "" "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/service_discovery.xml:35 msgid "The protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/service_discovery.xml:37 msgid "" "The queries usually specify _tcp as the protocol. Exceptions are documented " "in respective option description." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/service_discovery.xml:42 msgid "See Also" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/service_discovery.xml:44 msgid "" "For more information on the service discovery mechanism, refer to RFC 2782." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: include/upstream.xml:1 msgid "<placeholder type=\"refentryinfo\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><title> #: include/failover.xml:2 msgid "FAILOVER" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/failover.xml:4 msgid "" "The failover feature allows back ends to automatically switch to a different " "server if the current server fails." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/failover.xml:8 msgid "Failover Syntax" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/failover.xml:10 msgid "" "The list of servers is given as a comma-separated list; any number of spaces " "is allowed around the comma. The servers are listed in order of preference. " "The list can contain any number of servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/failover.xml:16 msgid "" "For each failover-enabled config option, two variants exist: " "<emphasis>primary</emphasis> and <emphasis>backup</emphasis>. The idea is " "that servers in the primary list are preferred and backup servers are only " "searched if no primary servers can be reached. If a backup server is " "selected, a timeout of 31 seconds is set. After this timeout SSSD will " "periodically try to reconnect to one of the primary servers. If it succeeds, " "it will replace the current active (backup) server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/failover.xml:27 msgid "The Failover Mechanism" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/failover.xml:29 msgid "" "The failover mechanism distinguishes between a machine and a service. The " "back end first tries to resolve the hostname of a given machine; if this " "resolution attempt fails, the machine is considered offline. No further " "attempts are made to connect to this machine for any other service. If the " "resolution attempt succeeds, the back end tries to connect to a service on " "this machine. If the service connection attempt fails, then only this " "particular service is considered offline and the back end automatically " "switches over to the next service. The machine is still considered online " "and might still be tried for another service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/failover.xml:42 msgid "" "Further connection attempts are made to machines or services marked as " "offline after a specified period of time; this is currently hard coded to 30 " "seconds." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/failover.xml:47 msgid "" "If there are no more machines to try, the back end as a whole switches to " "offline mode, and then attempts to reconnect every 30 seconds." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><title> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:2 msgid "ID MAPPING" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:4 msgid "" "The ID-mapping feature allows SSSD to act as a client of Active Directory " "without requiring administrators to extend user attributes to support POSIX " "attributes for user and group identifiers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:9 msgid "" "NOTE: When ID-mapping is enabled, the uidNumber and gidNumber attributes are " "ignored. This is to avoid the possibility of conflicts between automatically-" "assigned and manually-assigned values. If you need to use manually-assigned " "values, ALL values must be manually-assigned." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:16 msgid "" "Please note that changing the ID mapping related configuration options will " "cause user and group IDs to change. At the moment, SSSD does not support " "changing IDs, so the SSSD database must be removed. Because cached passwords " "are also stored in the database, removing the database should only be " "performed while the authentication servers are reachable, otherwise users " "might get locked out. In order to cache the password, an authentication must " "be performed. It is not sufficient to use <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry> to remove the database, rather the process consists of:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:33 msgid "Making sure the remote servers are reachable" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:38 msgid "Stopping the SSSD service" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:43 msgid "Removing the database" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:48 msgid "Starting the SSSD service" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:52 msgid "" "Moreover, as the change of IDs might necessitate the adjustment of other " "system properties such as file and directory ownership, it's advisable to " "plan ahead and test the ID mapping configuration thoroughly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:59 msgid "Mapping Algorithm" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:61 msgid "" "Active Directory provides an objectSID for every user and group object in " "the directory. This objectSID can be broken up into components that " "represent the Active Directory domain identity and the relative identifier " "(RID) of the user or group object." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:67 msgid "" "The SSSD ID-mapping algorithm takes a range of available UIDs and divides it " "into equally-sized component sections - called \"slices\"-. Each slice " "represents the space available to an Active Directory domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:73 msgid "" "When a user or group entry for a particular domain is encountered for the " "first time, the SSSD allocates one of the available slices for that domain. " "In order to make this slice-assignment repeatable on different client " "machines, we select the slice based on the following algorithm:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:80 msgid "" "The SID string is passed through the murmurhash3 algorithm to convert it to " "a 32-bit hashed value. We then take the modulus of this value with the total " "number of available slices to pick the slice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:86 msgid "" "NOTE: It is possible to encounter collisions in the hash and subsequent " "modulus. In these situations, we will select the next available slice, but " "it may not be possible to reproduce the same exact set of slices on other " "machines (since the order that they are encountered will determine their " "slice). In this situation, it is recommended to either switch to using " "explicit POSIX attributes in Active Directory (disabling ID-mapping) or " "configure a default domain to guarantee that at least one is always " "consistent. See <quote>Configuration</quote> for details." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:101 msgid "" "Minimum configuration (in the <quote>[domain/DOMAINNAME]</quote> section):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:106 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ldap_id_mapping = True\n" "ldap_schema = ad\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:111 msgid "" "The default configuration results in configuring 10,000 slices, each capable " "of holding up to 200,000 IDs, starting from 10,001 and going up to " "2,000,100,000. This should be sufficient for most deployments." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><title> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:117 msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:120 msgid "ldap_idmap_range_min (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:123 msgid "" "Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " "Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:127 msgid "" "NOTE: This option is different from <quote>min_id</quote> in that " "<quote>min_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, " "whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle " "distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>min_id</" "quote> be less-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_min</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:137 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:189 msgid "Default: 200000" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:142 msgid "ldap_idmap_range_max (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:145 msgid "" "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " "Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:149 msgid "" "NOTE: This option is different from <quote>max_id</quote> in that " "<quote>max_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, " "whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle " "distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>max_id</" "quote> be greater-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_max</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:159 msgid "Default: 2000200000" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:164 msgid "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:167 msgid "" "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice. If the range size " "does not divide evenly into the min and max values, it will create as many " "complete slices as it can." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:173 msgid "" "NOTE: The value of this option must be at least as large as the highest user " "RID planned for use on the Active Directory server. User lookups and login " "will fail for any user whose RID is greater than this value." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:179 msgid "" "For example, if your most recently-added Active Directory user has " "objectSid=S-1-5-21-2153326666-2176343378-3404031434-1107, " "<quote>ldap_idmap_range_size</quote> must be at least 1107." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:184 msgid "" "It is important to plan ahead for future expansion, as changing this value " "will result in changing all of the ID mappings on the system, leading to " "users with different local IDs than they previously had." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:194 msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:197 msgid "" "Specify the domain SID of the default domain. This will guarantee that this " "domain will always be assigned to slice zero in the ID map, bypassing the " "murmurhash algorithm described above." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:208 msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:211 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:219 msgid "ldap_idmap_autorid_compat (boolean)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:222 msgid "" "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " "winbind's <quote>idmap_autorid</quote> algorithm." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:227 msgid "" "When this option is configured, domains will be allocated starting with " "slice zero and increasing monatomically with each additional domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:232 msgid "" "NOTE: This algorithm is non-deterministic (it depends on the order that " "users and groups are requested). If this mode is required for compatibility " "with machines running winbind, it is recommended to also use the " "<quote>ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid</quote> option to guarantee that at " "least one domain is consistently allocated to slice zero." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:251 msgid "Well-Known SIDs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:253 msgid "" "SSSD supports to look up the names of Well-Known SIDs, i.e. SIDs with a " "special hardcoded meaning. Since the generic users and groups related to " "those Well-Known SIDs have no equivalent in a Linux/UNIX environment no " "POSIX IDs are available for those objects." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:259 msgid "" "The SID name space is organized in authorities which can be seen as " "different domains. The authorities for the Well-Known SIDs are" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:262 msgid "Null Authority" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:263 msgid "World Authority" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264 msgid "Local Authority" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:265 msgid "Creator Authority" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:266 msgid "NT Authority" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:267 msgid "Built-in" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:269 msgid "" "The capitalized version of these names are used as domain names when " "returning the fully qualified name of a Well-Known SID." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para> #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:273 msgid "" "Since some utilities allow to modify SID based access control information " "with the help of a name instead of using the SID directly SSSD supports to " "look up the SID by the name as well. To avoid collisions only the fully " "qualified names can be used to look up Well-Known SIDs. As a result the " "domain names <quote>NULL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>WORLD AUTHORITY</quote>, " "<quote> LOCAL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>CREATOR AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>NT " "AUTHORITY</quote> and <quote>BUILTIN</quote> should not be used as domain " "names in <filename>sssd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term> #: include/param_help.xml:3 msgid "<option>-?</option>,<option>--help</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/param_help.xml:7 include/param_help_py.xml:7 msgid "Display help message and exit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term> #: include/param_help_py.xml:3 msgid "<option>-h</option>,<option>--help</option>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:3 msgid "" "SSSD supports two representations for specifying the debug level. The " "simplest is to specify a decimal value from 0-9, which represents enabling " "that level and all lower-level debug messages. The more comprehensive option " "is to specify a hexadecimal bitmask to enable or disable specific levels " "(such as if you wish to suppress a level)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:10 msgid "" "Please note that each SSSD service logs into its own log file. Also please " "note that enabling <quote>debug_level</quote> in the <quote>[sssd]</quote> " "section only enables debugging just for the sssd process itself, not for the " "responder or provider processes. The <quote>debug_level</quote> parameter " "should be added to all sections that you wish to produce debug logs from." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:18 msgid "" "In addition to changing the log level in the config file using the " "<quote>debug_level</quote> parameter, which is persistent, but requires SSSD " "restart, it is also possible to change the debug level on the fly using the " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:29 msgid "Currently supported debug levels:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>0</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0010</emphasis>: Fatal failures. " "Anything that would prevent SSSD from starting up or causes it to cease " "running." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:38 msgid "" "<emphasis>1</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0020</emphasis>: Critical failures. An " "error that doesn't kill the SSSD, but one that indicates that at least one " "major feature is not going to work properly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:45 msgid "" "<emphasis>2</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0040</emphasis>: Serious failures. An " "error announcing that a particular request or operation has failed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:50 msgid "" "<emphasis>3</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0080</emphasis>: Minor failures. These " "are the errors that would percolate down to cause the operation failure of 2." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:55 msgid "" "<emphasis>4</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0100</emphasis>: Configuration settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:59 msgid "<emphasis>5</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0200</emphasis>: Function data." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:63 msgid "" "<emphasis>6</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0400</emphasis>: Trace messages for " "operation functions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis>7</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x1000</emphasis>: Trace messages for " "internal control functions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:72 msgid "" "<emphasis>8</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x2000</emphasis>: Contents of function-" "internal variables that may be interesting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x4000</emphasis>: Extremely low-level " "tracing information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:81 msgid "" "To log required bitmask debug levels, simply add their numbers together as " "shown in following examples:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:85 msgid "" "<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, critical failures, " "serious failures and function data use 0x0270." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:89 msgid "" "<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, configuration settings, " "function data, trace messages for internal control functions use 0x1310." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:94 msgid "" "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: The bitmask format of debug levels was introduced " "in 1.7.0." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/debug_levels.xml:98 msgid "<emphasis>Default</emphasis>: 0" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: include/experimental.xml:1 msgid "" "<emphasis> This is an experimental feature, please use http://fedorahosted." "org/sssd to report any issues. </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><title> #: include/local.xml:2 msgid "THE LOCAL DOMAIN" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/local.xml:4 msgid "" "In order to function correctly, a domain with <quote>id_provider=local</" "quote> must be created and the SSSD must be running." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/local.xml:9 msgid "" "The administrator might want to use the SSSD local users instead of " "traditional UNIX users in cases where the group nesting (see <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>) is needed. The local users are also useful for testing and " "development of the SSSD without having to deploy a full remote server. The " "<command>sss_user*</command> and <command>sss_group*</command> tools use a " "local LDB storage to store users and groups." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refsect1><para> #: include/seealso.xml:4 msgid "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\"> <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, </phrase> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_cache</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_groupshow</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_usermod</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_seed</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <phrase condition=\"with_ssh\"> <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\"> " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>pam_sss</" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>sss_rpcidmapd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" "citerefentry>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:3 msgid "" "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " "for this attribute type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para><programlisting> #: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:9 #, no-wrap msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:7 msgid "syntax: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:13 msgid "" "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\". The scope " "functions as specified in section 4.5.1.2 of http://tools.ietf.org/html/" "rfc4511" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:23 msgid "" "For examples of this syntax, please refer to the <quote>ldap_search_base</" "quote> examples section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <listitem><para> #: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:31 msgid "" "Please note that specifying scope or filter is not supported for searches " "against an Active Directory Server that might yield a large number of " "results and trigger the Range Retrieval extension in the response." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <para> #: include/autofs_restart.xml:2 msgid "" "Please note that the automounter only reads the master map on startup, so if " "any autofs-related changes are made to the sssd.conf, you typically also " "need to restart the automounter daemon after restarting the SSSD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term> #: include/override_homedir.xml:2 msgid "override_homedir (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:16 msgid "UID number" msgstr "Рақами UID" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:20 msgid "domain name" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/override_homedir.xml:23 msgid "%f" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:24 msgid "fully qualified user name (user@domain)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:28 msgid "UPN - User Principal Name (name@REALM)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/override_homedir.xml:31 msgid "%o" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:33 msgid "The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: include/override_homedir.xml:38 msgid "%H" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:40 msgid "The value of configure option <emphasis>homedir_substring</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:5 msgid "" "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " "or a template. In the template, the following sequences are substituted: " "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:52 msgid "This option can also be set per-domain." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting> #: include/override_homedir.xml:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" "override_homedir = /home/%u\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/override_homedir.xml:61 msgid "Default: Not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term> #: include/homedir_substring.xml:2 msgid "homedir_substring (string)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/homedir_substring.xml:5 msgid "" "The value of this option will be used in the expansion of the " "<emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option if the template contains the " "format string <emphasis>%H</emphasis>. An LDAP directory entry can directly " "contain this template so that this option can be used to expand the home " "directory path for each client machine (or operating system). It can be set " "per-domain or globally in the [nss] section. A value specified in a domain " "section will override one set in the [nss] section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para> #: include/homedir_substring.xml:15 msgid "Default: /home" msgstr ""